oii-fl^(^^?)fi?ii^a of Entonoaiott TJ. S.^ationcd MuBaurt / ICHAPI^ VOLUMF TWO — PART ONE THH BUTTERFLY BOOK The Butterfly Book Plate I. Fr IHH.MIIO BV W J. HOLLAND, 1 SPRING BUTTERFLIES. J. Pyrameis Cardui. Linn., ,:' (The Painted Lady); 2. P. Huntera, Fabr., d (Hunter's Butterfly): 3. Grapta Interrogationis, Fabr., d (The Questl i.iEn); 4. Cohas Philodice, Godt., d: 5. Do., 9 (The Clouded Sulphur): 6. Vanessa Antiopa, Linn., 9 (The Mourning Cloak). 'L THE NEW NATURE LIBRARY VOLUME TWO— PART ONE THE BUTTERFLY BOOK A POPULAR GUIDE TO A KNOWL- EDGE OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF NORTH AMERICA BY W. J. HOLLAND, Ph.D., D. D., LL. D. CHANCELLOR OF THF WKSTERN INIVHRSITY OF I'ENNSVLVANl A ; DIRECTOR OF THE CARNEGIE MISEUM, PITTSBURGH, PA.; FELLOW OF THE ZOOLOGICAL AND ENTOMOLOG- ICAL SOCIETIES OF LONDON; MEMBER OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF FRANCE. ETC.. ETC. WITH 48 PLATES IN COLOR-PHOTOGRAPHY, REPRO- DUCTIONS OF BUTTERFLIES IN THE AUTHOR'S COL- LECTION, AND MANY TEXT ILLUSTRATIONS PRESENTING MOST OF THE SPECIES FOUND IN THE UNITED STATES V Garden City New York DOLBLKDAV, PA(}E & COMPANY 1914 Copyright, 1898, Ey W. J. HOLLAND. \ ^ «:l } i ^ TO MY GOOD WIFE AND MY TWO BOXNY BOYS, THE COMPANIONS OF MY LHISURF HOUR?. AND MY VACATION RAMBLES, I DEDICATE THIS BOOK, WITHOUT ASKING THEIR PERMISSION PREFACE AT some time or other in the life of every healthy young per- r\ son there appears to be developed what has been styled "the collecting mania." Whether this tendency is due to the natural acquisitiveness of the human race, to an innate apprecia- tion of the beautiful and the curious, or to the development of an instinct such as is possessed by the bower-bird, the magpie, and the crow, which have the curious habit of gatbering together and storing away trifles which are bright and attractive to the eye, I leave to students of the mind to decide. The fact is patent that there is no village without its youthful enthusiast whose collection of postage-stamps is dear to his heart, and no town in which there are not amateur geologists, archaeologists, botanists, and zoologists, who are eagerly bent upon the formation of collections of such objects as possess an attraction for them. One of the commonest pursuits of boyhood is the formation of a collection of insects. The career of almost every naturalist of renown has been marked in its early stages by a propensity to collect these lower, yet most interesting and instructive, forms of animal life. Among the insects, because of their beauty, butterflies have always held a foremost place in the regard of the amateur collector. For the lack, however, of suitable in- struction in the art of preserving specimens, and, above all, by reason of the almost entire lack of a convenient and well-illus- trated manual, enabling the collector to identify, name, and properly classify the collections which he is making, much of the labor expended in this direction in the United States and Canada Hiils to accomplish more than the furnishing of tem- porary recreation. It is otherwise in Europe. Manuals, compre- hensive in scope, and richly adorned with illustrations of the V Preface leading insect forms of Great Britain and the Continent, have been produced in great numbers in recent years in England, France, and Germany. The result is that the youthful collector enters the field in those countries in the possession of a vast advantage over his less fortunate American fellow. It is to meet this Want on this side of the Atlantic that this volume has been written. Its aim is to guide the amateur collector in right paths and to pre- pare him by the intelligent accomplishment of his labors for the enjoyment of still wider and more difficult researches in this and allied fields of human knowledge. The work is confined to the fauna of the continent of North America north of the Rio Grande of Texas. It is essentially popular in its character. Those who seek a more technical treatment must resort to the writings of others. If I shall succeed in this book in creating a more wide-spread mterest in the world of insect life and thereby diverting attention in a measure from the persecuted birds, which I love, but which are in many species threatened with extinction by the too eager attentions which they are receiving from young naturalists, who are going forth in increased numbers with shot-gun in hand, 1 think 1 shall render a good service to the country. I flatter myself that I have possessed peculiar facilities for the successful accomplishment of the undertaking I have proposed to myself, because of the possession of what is admitted to be un- doubtedly the largest and most perfect collection of the butterflies of North America in existence, containing the types of W. H. Ed- wards, and many of those of other authors. I have also enjoyed access to all the other great collections of this country and Europe, and have had at my elbow the entire literature relating to the subject. The successful development in recent months of the process of reproducing in colors photographic representations of objects has been to a certain degree the argument for the publication of this book at the present time. A few years ago the preparation of such a work as this at the low price at which it is sold would have been an utter impossibility. "The Butterflies of North America," by W. H. Edwards, published in three volumes, is sold at one hundred and fifty dollars, and, as I know, is sold even at this price below the cost of manufacture. "The Butterflies of New England," by Dr. S. H. Scudder, in three volumes, is sold at seventy-five dollars, and likewise represents at this price only Preface a partial rctLirn to the learned author for the money, labor, aiui time expended upon ii. The present volume, while not pretend- ing to vie in any respect with the magnificence of the illustrations contained in these beautiful and costly works, nevertheless pre- sents in recognizable form almost every species figured in them, and in addition a multitude of others, many of which have never before been delineated. So far as possible I have em- ployed, in making the illustrations, the original types from which the author of the species drew his descriptions. This fact will no doubt add greatly to the value of the work, as it will not only serve as a popular guide, but have utility also for the scientific student. I am under obligations to numerous friends and correspondents who have aided me, and take the present opportunity to extend to them all my hearty thanks for the generous manner in which they have assisted me in my pleasant task. 1 should fail, how- ever, to follow the instincts of a grateful heart did I not render an especial acknowledgment to Mr. W. H. Edwards, of Coalburg, West Virginia, and Dr. Samuel H. Scudder, of Cambridge, Massa- chusetts. Justly esteemed as the two foremost lepidopterists ol America, it is my honor to claim them as personal friends, whose kindness has much aided me in this labor of scientific love which I have undertaken. For the kind permission given me by Dr. Scudder to use various illustrations contained in the " Butterfiies Df New England " and other works, 1 am profoundly grateful. 1 am under obligations to Messrs. Charles Scribner's Sons for permission to use the cuts numbered 46-49, 51-56, 59, 61, 62, and 73, which are taken from the work entitled "Taxidermy and Zoological Collecting," by W. T. Hornaday, and to the authorities of the United States National Museum and the heirs ot the late Professor C. V. Riley for other illustrations. Should this book find the favor which I have reason to think it deserves, I shall endeavor shortly to follow it by the preparation of a similar work upon the moths of the United States and Canada. Office of the Chancellor, W. J. H. Western University of Pennsylvania, August 10, i8y8. vi; TABLE OF. CONTENTS INTRODUCTION CHAP. PAGE I. The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies . . 3-23 The Eggs of Biitttijlies. Caterpillars: Structure, Form, Color, etc*; Moults; Food of Caterpillars; Duration of Larval State; Transformation. The Pupa, or Chrysalis: The Form of Chrysalids; Duration of Pupal ■ Life; The Transformatioft from the Chrysalis to the Imago, /tnatomy of Butterflies: The Head; The Thorax; The Abdomen; The Legs; The Wings; Internal Organs; Polymorphism and Dimorphism; Albi- nism and Melanism; Monstrosities;- Mimicry. The. Dist^ribution of But- terflies. II. The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Speci- mens . . . . '■ . ... 26-37 CoUectiitg apparatus : Nets; Collecting-Jars; Field-Boxes; The Use of the Net; Baits; Beating. The Breeding of Specinieits : How to Get the Eggs of Butterflies; Breeding-Cages; HdW to Find Caterpillars; Hibernating Caterpillars. The Preservation of Specimens : Papering Specimens; Mounting Butterflies; Relaxing Specimens; The Prepara- • tion and Preservation of Buttertly Eggs; The Preservation of Chrysa- lids; The Preservation of Caterpillars. The Preservation and Arrangement of Collections : Boxes; Cabinets and Drawers; Label- ing; Arrangement of Specimens; Insect Pests; Greasy Specimens; Mould; Repairing Specimens; Packing and Forwarding Specimens; Pins; The Forceps. III. The Classification of Butterflies 38-68 The Place of Butterflies in the Animal Kingdom; The Principles of Scientific Arrangement^ The Species; The Genus; The Family, etc.; Scientific Names: Synonyms; Popular Names. IV. Books about North American Butterflies. .. . 69-74 Early Writers; Later Writers; Periodicals. ix Table of Contents THE BOOK PAGE The Butterflies of North America North of Mexico. Family 1. Nymphalida% the Brush-footed Butterflies . . 77 Subfamily Eiiploeinoe, the Milkweed Butterflies ... 80 Subfamily Ithomiince, the Long-winged Butterflies . . 85 Subfamily Heliconiiuce, the Heliconians 91 Subfamily Nytuphalince, the Nymphs 93 Subfamily Satyn'nce, the Satyrs, Meadow-browns, and Arctics 197 Subfamily Ubyfherncv, the Snout-butterflies .... 226 F?mily II. Lemoniido' 228 Subfamily Erycimncp, the Metal-marks 228 f?>mily 111. Lyca'nidce 2}6 Subfamily Lyccpiu'tiO', the Hair-streaks, the Blues, and the Coppers 236 Family IV. Papilioniihv, the Swallowtails and Allies . . 272 Subfamily Pierince, the Whites, the Sulphurs, the Orange-tips 272 Subfamily Papilionina', the Parnassians and Swallowtails 304 family V. Hesperiidce, the Skippers 318 Subfamily Pyrrhopygincv 319 Subfamily Hesperiincp, the Hesperids 320 Subfamily Pamphilince 339 Subfamily Megathytnince, genus Megathymus .... 367 DIGRESSIONS AND aUOTATIONS PAGE Immortality (Sigourney) 57 Hugo's "Flower to Butterfly" (Translated by Eugene Field) 74 Superstitions (Frank Cowan) 90 Luther's Saddest Experience (Yale Literary Magazine, 1852) 100 A Race after a Butterfly 127 X Table of Content* PAGE Suspicious Conduct .... 1 56 Collecting in Japan 149 Faunal Regions 161 Widelv Distributed Butterflies 171 The Butterflies' Fad (Ella Wheeler Wilcox) 186 Fossil Insects iQt In the Face of the Cold 224 Uncle Jotham's Boarder (Annie Trumbull Slosson) . . . 233 Mimicry "J^s The Utility of Entomology . . 2s6 Size 271 Instinct 280 Red Rain (Frank Cowan) 209 For a Design of a Butterfly Resting on a Skul! (Mrs. Hemans) 303 The Caterpillar and the Ant (Allan Ramsav) 316 Collections and Collectors ^17 Exchanges . . 14-^ LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN TEXT FIO. PAGfc 1. Egg of Basilarchia disippus, magnified 3 2. Egg of Basilarchia disippus, natural size ... .3 3. Egg of Papilio turnus, enlarged ........ 4 4. Egg of Anosia plexippus, magnified 4 5. Egg of Anosia plexippus, natural size 4 6. Egg of Anthocharis genutia, magnified 4 7. Egg of Lycaena pseudargiolus, magnified 4 8. Egg of Melit^a phaeton, magnified 4 9. Micropyle of egg of Pieris oleracea, magnified ... 5 10. Eggs of Grapta comma, magnified 5 11. Eggs of Vanessa antiopa, magnified 5 12. Caterpillar of Papilio philenor 6 13. Head of caterpillar of Papilio asterias, magnified . . . 6 14. Head of caterpillar of Anosia plexippus, magnified . . 6 15. Head of caterpillar of Anosia plexippus, side view, enlarged 7 16. Caterpillar of Anosia plexippus, natural size .... 7 17. Fore leg of caterpillar of Vanessa antiopa, enlarged . . 7 18. Anterior segments of caterpillar of A. plexippus . . 7 iq. Proieg of caterpillar of Vanessa antiopa, enlarged . . 7 20. Caterpillar of Basilarchia disippus 8 21. Early stages of goatweed butterfly . 9 22. Head of caterpillar of Papilio troilus 9 23. Caterpillar of milkweed butterfly changing into chrysalis 11 24. Chrysalis of milkweed butterfly 12 25. Chrysalis of Papilio philenor 12 26. Caterpillar and chrysalis of Pieris protodice .... 12 27. Chrysalis of Pieris olerace 13 xiii List of Illustrations in Text FIG PAGE 38. Butterfly emerging from chrysalis. ....... 13 29. Head of milkweed butterfly, showing parts .... 14 30. Cross-section of sucking-tube of butterfly .... 15 31. Longitudinal section of the head of the milkweed butterfly 15 32. Interior structure of head of milkweed butterfly ... 16 }}. Labial palpus of butterfly 16 34. Legs of butterfly 17 35. Parts of leg of butterfly 17 36. Scales on wing of butterfly 18 37. Androconia from wing of butterfly 18 38. Outline of wing of butterfly 20 39. Arrangement of scales on the wing of a butterfly . . 20 40. Figure of wing, showing names of veins . . . .21 41. Internal anatomy of caterpillar of milkweed butterfly . 22 42. Internal anatomy of milkweed butte'flv 23 43. Plan for folding net-ring ........... 27 44. Insect-net 27 45. Plan for making a cheap net 27 46. Cyanide-jar , 29 47. Paper cover for cyanide .29 48. Method of pinching a butterfly . . 30 49. Cheap form of breeding-cage 35 50. Breeding-cage 36 51. Butterfly in envelope , 38 52. Method of making envelopes 38 53. Setting-board ... 39 54. Setting-block 39 55. Butterfly on setting-block 39 56. Setting-needle 40 57. Setting-board with moth upon it 40 58. Butterfly pinned on setting-board 41 59. Drying-box 41 60. Drying-box .... 42 61. Apparatus for inflating larvae 45 62. Tip of inflating-tube 46 63. Drying-oven 46 64. Drying-oven 47 65. Detail drawing of book-box 48 66. Detail drawing of box . . 48 XIV List of Illustrations in Texi FIG. I'AiiE 67. l)et;iil drawing of box 4c) 68. Insect-box 4Q 69. l)L't;iil dinwing of drawer for cibinet 51 70. Detail drawing for paper bottc;:n of box to take place of cork 32 71. Manner of arranging specimens in cabinet or box . 32 72. Naphthaline cone 53 73. Butterflies packed for shipment 55 74. Forceps 56 75. Forceps 57 76. Antennae of butterfly 61 77. Antennae of moths 62 78. Neuration of genus Anosia 81 79. Swarm of milkweed butterflies, photographed at night 83 80. Neuration of genus Mechanitis 86 81. Neuration of genus Ceratinia 88 82. Neuration of genus Dircenna 89 83. Fore leg of female Dircenna klugi 8q 84. Neuration of genus Heliconius 91 85. Young caterpillar of Vanessa antiopa 94 86. Neuration of genus Colaenis 95 87. Neuration of genus Dione 96 88. Neuration of genus Euptoieta 98 89. Neuration of genus Argynnis loi 90. Neuration of genus Brenthis 129 91. Neuration of genus Melitaca 138 92. Neuration of genus Phyciodes 151 93. Neuration of genus Eresia 1^37 94. Neuration of genus Synchloe 159 95. Neuration of genus Grapta 163 96. Neuration of genus Vanessa 167 97. Neuration of genus Pyrameis 170 98. Neuration of genus Junonia 172 99. Neuration of genus Anartia 174 100. Neuration of genus Hypanartia 17s loi. Neuration of genus Eunica 176 102. Neuration of genus Cystineura 177 103. Neuration of genus Callicore 178 104. Neuration of genus Timetes 179 105. Neuration of genus Hypolimnas 181 XV 1 12. I 13. 114. II> 116. List of Illustrations in Text FIG. 106. Neuration of genus Basihirchia . . 107. Leaf cut away at end by the caterpill 108. Hibernaculum of caterpillar of Basilai 109. Neuration of genus Adelpha . no. Neuration of genus Chlorippe . III. Neuration of genus Pyrrhanaea Neuration of genus Ageronia . Neuration of genus Victorina . Neuration of genus Debis . . Neuration of genus Satyi'odes . Neuration of genus Neonympha 117. Neuration of genus Coenonympha 118. Neuration of genus Erebia . . 1 19. Neuration of genus Geirocheilus 120. Neuration of genus Neominois 121. Neuration of genus Satyrus 122. Neuration of genus CEneis . . 123. Caterpillars of CEneis macouni 124. Neuration of genus Libythea . I2> Neuration of base of hind wing of 126. Neuration of genus Lemonias . 127. Neuration of genus Calephelis . 128. Neuration of genus Eumaeus . 129. Neuration of Thecla edwardsi . 130. Neuration of Thecla melinus . 131. Neuration of Thecla damon 132. Neuration of Thecla niphon 133. Neuration of Thecla titus . . 134. Neuration of genus Feniseca . 135. Neuration of genus Chrysophanus 136. Neuration of Lycsena pseudargiolus 137. Neuration of Lycsena comyntas 1 38. Neuration of genus Dismorphia 139. Neuration of genus Neophasia 140. Neuration of genus Tachyris . 141. Neuration of genus Pieris . . 142. Neuration of genus Nathalis 143. Neuration of genus Euchloe 144. Neuration of genus Catopsilia . 145. Neuration of genus Kricogonia xvi rofB :h nus Le si archia mor as PAGE 182 183 183 187 1.88 192 193 195 199 200 201 205 208 21 1 212 214 219 22 1 226 228 229 232 237 238 242 246 249 250 251 252 267 268 273 274 276 277 281 282 286 287 List of Illustrations Fin. 146. 147. 148. '49- so. SI. S2. S4- SS- S6. S8. S9- 160. 161. [62. 164. i6s. 166. [67. 1 68. 169. 170. 171. 172. 73- 174. '7> 76. 77- ;78. 179. 180. 181. 182. 183. ntomologist Neuration of genus Meganostoma Neuration of genus Colias . Neuration of genus Terias . Neuration of genus Parnassius An Astronomer's Conception of an E Head and antenna of genus Pyrrhopy Neuration Of genus Pyrriiopyge Neuration of genus Eudanius . Antenna and neuration of genus Plesti Neuration of genus Epargyreus Neuration of genus Tiiorybes . Neuration of genus Achalarus . Antenna and neuration of genus Hespe Neuration of genus Svstasea Neuration of genus l^holisora . Neuration of genus Thanaos . Neuration of genus Amblyscirtes Neuration of genus Pamphila . Neuration of genus Oarisma Neuration of genus Ancyloxypha Neuration of genus Copaeodes Neuration of genus Ervnnis Neuration of genus Thymelicus Neui'ation of genus Ataiopedes Neuration of genus Polites . . Neuration of genus Hylephila . Neuration of genus Prenes , Neuration of genus Calpodes . Neuration of genus Lerodea Neuration of genus Limochores Neuration of genus Euphyes , Neuration of genus Oligoria Neuration of genus Poanes . . Neuration of genus Piiycanassa Neuration of genus Atrytone . Neuration of genus Lerema Megathymus yucca;, ? . . . Larva of Megathymus yuccae . Chrysalis of Megathymus yuccae The Popular Conception of an Entomologist xvii in Text I'AGE 289 29 s 30s 3'7 3'^) 319 21 32^ ^^? 324 326 P7 329 3^0 340 342 343 34 s 346 347 3=^1 3S3 354 355 355 356 357 360 361 ;> 62 362 364 366 367 568 368 369 LIST OF COLORED PLATES unreduced by tlie color-pliotograpliic process of the Cliicago Colortype Company, 1205 Roscoe Street, Chicago, 111. FACING PAGE I. Spring Butterflies Frontispiece II. Caterpillars of Papilionidoe and Hesperiidie . . , 6 III. Caterpillars of Nymphalidae 18 IV. Chrysalids in Color and in Outline — Nymphalidae 30 V. Chrysalids in Color and in Outline — Nymphalid?e, LyccTnidai, Pierin?e ......... 44 VI. Chrysalids in Color and in Outline — Papiloninae and Hesperiidse 58 VII. Anosia and Basilarchia 80 VIII. Ithomiinae, Heliconius, Dione, Colsenis, and Eup- toieta 88 IX. Argynnis 100 X. Argynnis 104 XI. Argynnis 108 Xll. Argynnis 112 XIII. Argynnis 116 XIV. Argynnis 122 XV. Brenthis 130 XVI. Melitcea 138 XVII. Melitcea, Phyciodes, Eresia 152 XVIII. Argynnis, Brenthis, Melitcea, Phyciodes, Eresia, Synchloe, Debis, Geirocheilus is6 XIX. Grapta, Vanessa 164 XX. Grapta, Vanessa, Junonia, Anartia, Pyrameis . . 168 XXI. Timetes, Hypolimnas, Eunica, Callicore . . . .178 XXI I. Basilarchia, Adelpha 184 XXIII. Chlorippe 190 XXIV. Pyrrhaniiea, Ageronia, Synchloe, Cystineura, Hy- panartia, Victorina 196 XIX List of Colored Plates facing PAGE XXV. Satyrodes, Coenonympha, Neonympha, Neomi- nois, Erebia 204 XXVI. Satyrus 214 XXVII. CEneis 220 XXVIII. Libythea, Lemonias, Calephelis, Eumgeus, Chrys- ophanus, Feniseca 228 XXIX. Chrysophanus, Thecia 2^6 XXX. Thecia, Lycsena 246 XXXI. LyccEna 256 XXXII. Lycaena, Thecia, Nathalis, Euchloe 266 XXXIII. Catopsilia, Pyrameis 272 XXXIV. Euchloe, Neophasia, Pieris, Kricogonia .... 280 XXXV. Tachyris, Pieris, Colias 288 XXXVI. Meganostoma, Colias 294 XXXVII. Terias, Dismorphia 298 XXXVIII. Papilio 302 XXXIX. Parnassius 306 XL. Papilio 310 XLI. Papilio. . 314 XLII. Papilio 316 XLllI. Papilio, Colias, Pyrameis, Epargyreus . . . .318 XLIV. Papilio ^22 XLV. Papilio, Pholisora, Eudamus Achalarus, Pyrrho- pyge, Plestia, Calpodes, Thanaos 330 XLVI. Hesperiidoe ^^8 XLVII. Hesperiidae 350 XLVIIl. HesperiidcC and Colias eurytheme 360 XX INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION CHAPTER I THE LIFR-HISTORY AND ANATOMY OF BUTTERFLIES " The study of butterflies,— creatures selected as the types of airiness and frivolity, — instead of being despised, will some day be valued as one of the most important branches of biological science." — Bates, N.itiiriilist on llic Amazons. In Studying any subject, it is always well, if possible, to com- mence at the beginning; and in studying the life of animals, or of a group of animals, we should endeavor to obtain a clear idea at the outset of the manner in which they are developed. It is a familiar saying that "all life is from an Qg.g." This statement is scientifically true in wide fields which come under the eye of the naturalist, and butterflies are no exception to the rule. THE EGGS OF BUTTERFLIES The eggs of butterflies consist of a membranous shell con- taining a fluid mass composed of the germ of the future cat- erpillar and the liquid food which is W^' ^^^M^ necessary for its maintenance and de- velopment until it escapes from the shell. The forms of these eggs are various. Some aie spherical, others hemispherical, con- ical, and cylindri- cal. Some are bar- rel-shaped ; others ^^Ss*4i#*- %{W' Fig. 2. — ^ggoi Basil HI - FiG.i.-EggoiBcisiLirchia have the shape of r//u?(/'.w7'/>''s natural size, /)//5, magnified ;o dinme- ., ,-K,.,.op .,,1,1 ctill ='« t'l^" e'\'* »' i'"^l^''^^"':'^"e ters(Riley). '' ^'1^^^^' '>"^' ^^"' of leaf (Riley). others have the form of a turban. Manv ol I hem are angled, some depressed at the ends. Their surface is variously ornamented. Some- 3 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies times they are ribbed, the ribs running from the center out- wardly and downwardly along the sides like the meridian lines upon a globe. Between these ribs there is fre- quently found a fine network of raised lines variously arranged. Sometimes the sur- face is covered with minute depressions, sometimes with a series of minute ele- vations variously disposed, great variety in the form of the eggs, so Fig. 3. — Egg of Paf^iUo Itinius, greatly magnified. Fig. 4. — Egg of ^iiosia As there is P/'-'^'PP'"', magnified 30 diameters (Riley). also there is great variety in their color. Brown, blue, green, red, and yellow eggs occur. Greenish or greenish-white are common tints. The eggs are often ornamented with dots and lines of darker color. Species which are related to one another show their affinity even in the form of their eggs. At the upper end of the eggs of insects there are one or more curious structures, known as micropyles (little doors), Fig. s. — Egg of Aiiosia plexippus, natural size, on under side of leaf (Riley). Fig. 0. — Egg of Authocharis genutia, magni- fied 20 diameters Fig. 7.— Turban-siiaped egg of Lycceiia pseiidar- giohis, greatly magnified. Fig. 8.— Egg of Melittva phaeton, greatly magnified. through which the spermatozoa of the m;ile find ingress and they are fertilized. These can only be seen under a good micro- scope. The eggs are laid upon the food-plant upon which the cater- 4 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies Fio. Q. — Upper end ot egg of Pii'iis olcraci\i, greatly magnified, show- ing the micropyle. Fig. 10. — Egg." oiCrapta com- urn, laid in string-like clus- ters on the under side of leal". (Magni- fied.) pillar after it is hatched, is destined to live, and the female re- veals wondeiful instinct in selecting plants which are appropriate to the develop- ment of the larva. As a rule, the larvte are restricted in the range of their food-plants to certain genera, or families of plants. The eggs are deposited sometimes singly, sometimes in small clusters, sometimes in a mass. Fertile eggs, a few days after they have been deposited, frequently undergo a change of color, and it is often possible with a magnifying-glass to see through the thin shell the form of the minute caterpillar which is being developed within the egg. Unfruitful eggs gen- erally shrivel and dry up after the lapse of a short time. The period of time requisite for the development of the embryo in the egg varies. Many butterflies are single-brooded ; others produce two orthree gen- erations during the summer in temperate climates, and even more generations in subtropical or tropical climates. In such cases an interval of only a few days, or weeks at the most, separates the time when the egg was deposited and the time when the larva is hatched. When the period of hatching, or emer- gence, has arrived, the little caterpillar cuts its way forth from the egg through an opening made either at the side or on the top. Many species haveeggs which appear to be provided with a lid. a portion of the shell being separated from the re- mainder by a thin section, which, when the caterpillar has reached the full limit allowed by the egg, breaks under the pressure of the enlar- ging embryo within, one portion of the egg living off, the remainder adhering to the leaf or twig upon which it has been deposited. Fig. 1 1 . — Eggs of l^mit'ssa ji/- tiopLi, laid in a mass on a twig. CATERPILLARS Sfntr/iirr, Form, (j)lor, cA. — The second stage in which the insects we are studying exist is known as the larval stage. The insect is known as a larva, or a caterpillar. In general catcr- 5 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies pillars have long, worm-like bodies. Frequently they aie thickest about the middle, tapering before and behind, flat- tened on the under s'de. While the cylindrical shape is most common, there are some families in which the larvae are short, oval, or slug-shaped, sometimes curiously modified by ridges and promi- nences. The body of the larvse of lepi- doptera consists normally of thirteen rings, or segments, the first constituting the head. The head is always conspicuous, com- posed of horny or chitinous material, but varying exceedingly in form and size. It is very rarely small and retracted. It is generally large, hemispherical, conical, or bilobed. in some families it is ornamented by horn-like projections. On the lower side are the mouth-parts, consisting of the upper lip, the mandibles, the antennae, or feelers, the under lip, the maxillae, and two sets of palpi, known as the maxillary and the labial palpi. In Fig. 12. — Caterpillar of Papilio philciior (Riley). many genera the labium, or under short, horny projection known as which the silk secreted by the cater- pillar IS passed. On either side, just above the man- dibles, are located the eves, or ocelli, which in the caterpillar are simple, round, shining prominences, generally only to be clearly dis- tinguished by the aid of a magnifying-glass. lip, is provided with a the spinneret, through Fic ■4- -Head of caterpillar of Aiiosia ph'xippiis, lower side, magnified lo diameters: lb, la- briim, or upper lip; iini, mandi- bles; nix, ma.xilla, with two palpi; Iiii, labium, or lower lip, with one pair of palpi; s, spin- neret; a, antenna; o, ocelli. (After Burgess.) quently arranged in series on each side. The palpi are organs of touch connected with the maxillae and the labium, or under lip, and are used in the process of feeding, and also when the FiG. 13. — Head of caterpillar of Papilio iisti'- r/j.s, front view, enlarged. hese ocelli are fre- Explanation of Plate II Reproduced, with the kind permission of Dr. S. H. Scudder, from " The Butterflies of New England," vol. iii, Plate 76. Caterpillars of Pafilionid-* and Hesperiid/© 1. Coliax eiirytheme. 20. 2. Callidryas eubiile. 21. 3- Terias lisa. 4- CiiUidiyas eitbitle. 22. 5- Euchloc gi'imiia. 6. Terias iiicippe. 23. 7- Pieris protodice. 24. 8. Pieris napi, var. oleracea. 9- Pieris napi, var. oleracea. 25' 10. Colias philodice. 26, 1 1. Pieris rapce. 27, 12. Pieris rapce. 28, "3- Papilio phih'iior. 29, 14. Papilio ajax. 30 •5- Papilio turiius. Just before pupation. 3' 16. Papilio cresphoiites. 32. 'T- Papilio aslerias. \n second stage. 33 IS. Papilio troilus. 34 19. Papilio troilus. in third stage; plain. 35 Papilio philenor. Papilio philenor-. In third stage; dorsal view. Papilio troilus. In third stage; dor- sal view. Achalarus lycidas. Dorsal view. Papilio asterias. In fourth stage; dorsal view. Thorybes pylades. Papilio tunnis. Dorsal view. Papilio asterias. Papilio turnus. Thorybes pylades. Epargyfeus tityrus. Epargyretis lityrus. Thorybes bathyllus. Epargyreus tityrus. Eudauius proteus. Epargyreus tityrus. In third stage The Butterfly Book Plate Jf. f i f'^^-^-f^^f- {^ The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies caterpillar is crawling about Irom place to place. The larva appears to guide itselt iii grerit part by means of the palpi. The body of the caterpillar is covered by a thin skin, which often lies in wrinkled folds, admitting of great freedom of motion. The body is composed, as we have seen, of rings, or segments, the first three of which, back of the head, correspond Fig. IS.— Head of caterpillar of pits, side view- showing ocelli Fig 1 6. — (''aterpi'.iav of /liiosia plcxippus, milkweed butterfly (Riley). to the thorax of the perfect insect and the last nine to the abdomen of the butterfly. On each nng, with the exception of the second, the third, and the last, there is found on either side a small oval opening known as a spiracle, through which the creature breathes. As a rule, the spiracles of the first and eleventh rings are larger in size than the others. Every caterpillar has on each of the first three segments a pair of legs, which are organs composed of three somewhat horny parts covered and bound together with skin, and armed at their extren.ities by a sharp clav/ (Fig. 17). These three pairs of feet in the caterpillar are always known as the fore legs, and coire- F;i;. I 7 — Fore ieg of caterpil- lar ol yaiies- sj aiiliopa,eii- larged. Fio. 18. — Ante- rior segments ol' cat- erpillar of milkweed biitterlly, showing tiioracic or true legs (Riley). Fig. 19, — Proleg of caterpillar ot Vanessa aiiliopa, enlarged. spond to the six which are found in the butterfly or the moth. In addition, in most cases, we find four pairs of prolegs on the under side of the segments from the sixth to the ninth, and another pair on the last segment, which latter pair are 7 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies Fig. 20. — Caterpillar of Bjsiljrcliij dislppiis the viceroy, natural size (Riley). called the anal prolegs. These organs, which are necessary to the life of the caterpillar, do not reappear in the perfect insect, but are lost when the transformation from the caterpillar to the chrysalis takes place. There are various modifications of this scheme of foot-like appendages, only the larger and more highly developed forms of lepidoptera having as many pairs of prolegs as have been enumerated. The bodies of caterpillars are variously ornamented: many of them are quite smooth; many are provided with horny projections, spines, and eminences. The coloration of cater- pillars is as remarkable in the variety which it displays as is the ornamentation by means of the prominences of which we have just spoken. As caterpillars, forthe most part, feed upon growing vegeta- tion, multitudes of them are green in color, being thus adapted to their surroundings and securing a measure of protection. Many are brown, and exactly mimic the color of the twigs and branches upon which they rest when not engaged in feeding. Not a few are very gaily colored, but in almost every case this gay coloring is found to bear some relation to the color of the objects upon which they rest. Caterpillars vary in their social habits. Some species are gregarious, and are found in colonies. These frequently build for themselves defenses, weaving webs of silk among the branches, in which they are in part protected from their enemies and also from the inclemencies of the weather. Most caterpillars are, however, solitary, and no community life is maintained by the vast majority of species. Many species have the habit of drawing together the edges of a leaf, in which way they form a covering for themselves. The caterpillars of some butter- flies are wood-boring, and construct tunnels in the pith, or in the soft layers of growing plants. In these cases, being protected and concealed from view, the caterpillars are gener- ally white in their coloration, resembling in this respect the larvae of wood-boring beetles. A most curious phenomenon has 8 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies within comparatively recent years been discovered in connection with the larval staije of certain small butterflies belono^ing to the family Lyccrniiliv. The caterpillars are carnivorous, or rather aphidivorous; they live upon aphids, or plant-lice, and scale- insects, and cover themselves with the white exudations or mealy secretions of the latter. This trait is characteristic of only one of our North American species, the Harvester {Feniseca tarqiiiuhis). In addition to being protected from enemies by having colors which enable them to elude obser- vation, as has been already stated, some caterpillars are pro- vided with other means of defense. F'^'-- 21.— Early stages of the goatweed butterfly: a, Th^r-.tprnill-.rcnf th^ caterpillar; b, chrysalis; c, leaf drawn together at edges 1 necaterpillaiSOt tne to form a nest. (Natural size.) (Riley.) swallowtail butter- flies are provided with a bifurcate or forked organ, generally yellow in color, which is protruded from an opening in the skin back of the head, and which em.its a powerful odor (Fig. 22) This protrusive organ evidently exists only for purposes of defense, and the secre- tion of the odor is analogous to the secretion of evil odors by some of the vertebrate ani- mals, as the skunk. The majority of caterpil- lars, when attacked by insect or other enemies, Fig. 22. — Head of caterpillar of Pa- pilio troilus, with scent-organs, or OS- defend themselves by quickly hurling the an- Mja/, extrcm- ^ ,, . , ,„. \ r\ -^1 ity of palpus; /)/, protlioracic metathoracic legs (Fig. 34). On either i/g. J,// me/othoracic leg; side of the mesothorax are attached the >''' metathoracic or hinJ ^ . , . , ^ Icii; /, proboscis. anterior pair of wings, over which, at their insertion into the body, are the tegiihv, or lappets; on either side of the metathorax are the posterior pair of wings. It will be seen from what has been said that the thorax bears the organs of locomotion. The under side of the thorax is frequently spoken of by writers, in describing butterflies, as the pectus, or breast. The Abdome)!. —The abdomen is formed nor- hiu -,s. — Leg ot rnally of nine segments, and in most butterllies bultertly: c, coxa; . , , , , • , • ^ , , /;, trochanter; /, 's shorter than the hind wings. On the last seg- lemur; /, tibia; ment there are various appendages, which are mainly sexual in their nature. The Z,^,^-?. — Butterflies have six legs, arranged in three pairs, as we have already seen. Each leg consists of five parts, the >7 The Life-riistory and Anatomy of Butterflies first of which, nearest the body, is called tne coxa, with which articulates a ring-like piece known as the trochanter. To this is attached ihe fciunr, and united with the femur, forming an angle with it. is the tibia. To the tibia is attached the tarsus, or foot, the last segment of which bears the claws, which are often very minute and blunt in the butterflies, though in moths they are sometimes strongly hooked. The tibiae are often armed with spines. In some groups of butterflies the anterior pair of legs is aborted, or dwarfed, either in one or both sexes, a fact which is useful in determining the location of species in their systematic order. The Wings.— The wings of butterflies consist of a framework of horny tubes which are in reality double, the inner tube being Fig. 36. — Magnified representation ot arrangement of tiie scales on tiie wing of a butterfly. Fig. 37.— Androconia from wings of male butterflies: a, Neoiij'mpha etirytus; b, Ar- gyuni;, Lrphrodite; c, Pier is olcmcea. filled with air, the outer tube with blood, which circulates most freely during the time that the insect is undergoing the process of uevelopment after emergence from the chrysalis, as has been al- ready described. After emergence the circulation of the blood in the outer portion ot the tubes is largely, if not altogether, suspended. These horny tubes support a broad membrane, which is clothed in most species upon both sides with flattened scales which are attached to the membrane in such a way that they overlap one another like the shingles on a roof. These scales are very beau- tiful objects when examined under a microscope, and there is considerable diversitv in their form as well as in their colors. The 18 Explanation of Plate III Reproduced, with the kind permission of Dr. S. H. Scudder, from " The Butterflies of New England," vol. iii, Plate 74. Caterpillars of Nymphalid/^ 1. CEiieis semidea. Penultimate stage. 2. CE net's semi den. 3. Neonympha eiiiytus. 4. CEneis semidea. 5. Anosia plexippiis. 6. Neonympha eiirytiis. 7. CEiieis semidea. Just hatched. 8. Neonympha phocion. 9. Satyrodes canthiis. 10. Neonympha eutytus. 1 1 . CEneis jutta. Just hatched. 12. Neonympha phocion. 13. Neonympha emyitis. Penultimate stage. 14. Neonympha eurytiis. Plain and en- larged. 15. CEneis semidea. 16. Debis portlandia. 17. Basilarchia astyanax. 18. Satyr us alope. 19. Basilarchia disippus. 20. 21. 23. 24, 25- 26. 27. 28, 29. ?0. 3'. 32. 33 34 35. 36 37. 38. Chlorippe clyton. Basilarchia astyanax. Basilarchia disippus. Plain out- line to show the attitude some- times assumed. Grapta intcrrogationis. Basilarchia disippus. Basilarchia astyanax. Plain. Basilarchia arthcmis. Grapta intcrrogationis. yanessa antiopa. Junonia ctrnia, Junonia ccenia. Grapta progne. Grapta /annus. Grapta saiyrus. Pyrameis huntera. Pyrameis atalania. Vanessa milberti. Pyrameis cardui. Grapta comma. T"E Butterfly Took. Plate Hi. The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies mnles of many species have peculiarly shaped scales arranged in tufts and folds, which are called androconia, and are useful in microscopically determining species (Fig. 37). The portion of the vvings which is nearest to the thorax at the point where they are attached to the body is called the base; the middle third of the wing is known as the mCiiian or discal area, the outer third as the limbal ar^a. The anterior margin of the wings is called the costal margin; the outer edge is known as the external margin, the inner edge as the iniier margin. The shape of the wings varies very much. The tip of the front wing is called the apex, and this mav be rounded, acute, falcate (somewhat sickle-shaped), or square. The angle formed by the outer margm of the front wing with the inner margin is commonly known as the outer angle. The correspond- ing angle on the hind wing is known as the j;/j/ ans[le, and the point which corresponds to the tip or apex of the front wing is known as the external angle (Fig. 38). A knowledge of these terms is necessary in order to understand the technical descrip- tions which are given bv authors. If a wing is examined with the naked eye, or even with a lens, a clear conception of the structure of the veins can rarely be formed. Therefore it is generally necessary to remove from the wings the scales which cover them, or else bleach them. The scales may be removed mechanically by rubbing them off. They may be made transparent by the use of chemical agents. In the case of specimens which are so valuable as to forbid a resort to these methods, a clear knowledge of the structure of the veins may be formed by simply moistening them with pure benzine or chloroform, which enables the structure of the veins to be seen for a few moments. The evaporation of these fluids is rapid, and they produce no ill effect upon the color and texture of the wings. In the case of common species, or in the case of such as are abun- dantly represented in the possession of the collector, and the practical destruction of one or two of which is a matter of no moment, it is easy to use the first method. The wing should be placed between two sheets of fine writing-paper which have been moistened by the breath at the points where the wing is laid, and then by lightly rubbing the finger-nail or a piece of ivory, bone, or other hard substance over the upper piece of paper, a good many of the scales may be removed. This process may be repeated until almost all of them have been taken off. This method ^s 19 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies efficient in the case of many of the small species when they art still fresh; in the case of the larger species the scales may be re- moved by means of a camel's-hair pencil such as is used by paint ers. The chemical method of bleaching wings is simple and inex- pensive. For this purpose the wing should be dipped in alcohol and then placed in a vessel containing a bleaching solution of some sort. The best agent is a solution of chloride of lime. After the color has been removed from the wing by the action of the chloride it should be washed in a weak solution of hydrochloric acid. It may then be cleansed in pure water and mounted upon a piece of glass, as microscopic slides are mounted, and thus pre- served. When thus bleached the wing is capable of being mi- nutely studied, and all points of its anatomy are brought clearly into view. The veins in both the fore and hind wings of butterflies may be divided into simple and compound veins. In the fore wing the simple veins are the costal, the radial, and the subme- dian; in the hind wing, the cos- tal, the subcostal, the upper and lower radial, the submedian, and the internal are simple. The il 'I tat ^^ Fig. 38.— Outline of wing, giv- ing names of parts. Fig. 39. — Arrangement of scales on wing of butterfly. costal vein in the hind wing is, however, generally provided near the base with a short ascending branch which is known as the precosta! vein. In addition to these simple veins there are in the fore wing two branching veins, one immediately following the 20 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies costal, known as the subcostal, and the other preceding the sub- median, known as the median vein. The branches of these com- pound veins are known as nervules. The median vein always has three nervules. The nervules of the subcostal veins branch upwardly and outwardly toward the costal margin and the apex of the fore wing. There are always from four to five subcostal nervules. In the hind wing the subcostal is simple. The median vein in the hind wing has three nervules as in the fore wing. Be- tween the subcostal and the median veins, toward the base in both wings, is inclosed the cell, which may be wholly or partially open at its outer extremity, or closed. The veinlets which close the cell at its outward extremity are known as the discocellular veins, of which there are normally three. From the point of union of these discocellular veins go forth the radial veins known respectively as the upper and lower radials, though the upper radial in many genera is emitted from the lower margin of the subcostal. An understanding of these terms is, however, more readily derived from a study of the figure in which the names of these parts are indi- cated (Fig. 40). Butterflies generally hold their wings erect when they are at rest, F'g. 40.— Wing of ^//o,s/"j />/.'x- -., ^, ■ , ' r ■ ippus, showing the names of the With their two upper surfaces in ^eins and nervules: C, C, costal proximity, the under surfaces alone veins; SC,subcostal vein; 5Ci, etc., J- , ■ ,, • , ^ ^\ subcostal nervules; UR, upper ra- displaying their colors to the eye. d.al ; A/^, lower radial ; k-Ulian Only in a few genera of the laroer veins; Mi, M2, A/.i, median ner- , ,^ ,T J ., , • , " vules; 5A/, suhmedian veins; /, in- butterflies, and these tropical Species, temal veins; PC, precostal ner- with which this book does not deal, vule; UDC, MDC, LDC, upper, ,, ^- J. ^\ ■ y middle, and lower discocellulars. IS there an exception to this rule, ' save in the case of the Hesperikuv, or "skippers," in which very frequently, while the anterior wings are folded together, the posterior wings lie in a horizontal position. Internal Organs. — Ihus far we have considered only the ex- ternal organs of the butterfly. The internal organs have been made the subject of close study and research by many writers, 2\ The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies n o P> ^■~.= o •- < . . -^ i~^ ;^'- and a volume might be prepared upon this subject. It will, how- ever, suifice for us to call the attention of the student to the prin- cipal facts. The muscular system finds its principal development in the thorax, which bears the organs of locomotion. The digestive sys- tem consists of the proboscis, which has already been de- scribed, the gullet, or oesoph- agus, and the stomach, over which is a large, bladder-like vessel called the food-reser- voir, a sort of crop preceding the true stomach, which is a cylindrical tube; the intestine is a slender tube, varying in shape in different genera, di- vided into the small intestine, the colon, and the rectum. Butterflies breathe through spiracles, little oval openings on the sides of the segments of the body, branching from which inwardly are the tra- chese, or bronchial tubes. The heart, which is located in the same relative position as the spine in vertebrate ani- mals, is a tubular structure. The nervous system lies on the lower or ventral side of the body, its position being exactly the reverse of that which is found in the higher animals. It consists of nerv- ous cords and ganglia, or nerve-knots, in the different segments. Those in the head are more largely developed than elsewhere, forming a rudimen- tary brain, the larger portion of which consists of two enor- mous optic nerves. The student who is desirous of informing 22 CO ^3 I > r3 w r; ^^ -4_i >5 873 5-^ « - S '-^ "^ ^'i .ill ■f^- 1 -St % "^ ii o I E _. C r; > Q. , o.y ■ _ J£ <- (U C -.J "^ 2 "" ■'2 -^ 3 .^ OJ . ^ ^ ^ "" ■T3 P J-" oj n ?J tx) _ hO'— :^ A C — E O C ,^ O ^ rt _- 2 P -J E iC 1* -S -2. 00 O'Ji »> ^ "f " — :>^ ^ = C ^/^ O O (/I yi -^ The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies 5: -3 -► r:t u zi —' 3 a j^ 9 V, S 3 5 O _o _<^ Q O 2 w i^ C K_ ^.^ s> I^ ■ t/1 o Si O '-"- . " I <-■ < O '^ CR o ' "" - . ~" " 5" -~. ^' "g =< ~ g o '^ " §, .^ ET :r = s e himself .nore thoroughly and accurately as to the internal anat- omy of these insects may consult with profit some of the treatises which are mentioned in the list of works dealing with the sub- ject which is given elsewhere in this book. Polyiuorphism and D/iiiorpb/siii. —Spades of butterflies often show great differences in the different broods which appear. The brood which emerges in the springtime from the chrysalis, which has passed the winter under the snows, mav differ very strikingly from the insect which appears in the second or summer brood; and the insects of the third or fall brood may differ again from either the spring or the summer brood. The careful stu- dent notes these differ- ences. Such species are called polymorphic, that is, appearing under dif- ferent forms. Some spe- cies reveal a siagular difference between the sexes, and there may be two forms of the same sex in the same species. This is most common in the case of the female butterfly, and where there are two forms of the female or the male such a species is said to have dimorphic females or males. This phenomenon is revealed in the case of the well-known Turnus Butterfly; in the colder regions of the continent the females are yellow banded with black, like the males, but in more southern portions of the continent black females are quite common, and these dark females were once 23 ', Ma acce Ed- ~^ VI V> o.^^ ti <-) — t o' 3 " "^ 1 " -T-* a 5 < ^^f- o-c 3 :* O. n J3 n '•'' c d) ^^ i/\ n crS.-- TO a- ^^5 g t~*- 'ro4£-~- £L ^^ = n ^ (Tj -: < VI — ;_ VI ^ 5 estii natl ;ess. VI S.5- " 0= o 3 = S^ o - . o 9 ^ §8 O 5^ a S •^ £.-^ ±'zi ^r rt'-"*" J^. 05 TO ' " >< ^..^ S ~ ti o =: /J; o P- £.-■-•- 5 E."* ■ !? a ,!, 5 o H^jl o o =. The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies thought, before the truth was known, to constitute a separate species. Albinism and Melanism.— AMnos, white or light-colored forms, are quite common among butterflies, principally among the females. On the other hand, melanism, or a tendency to the production of dark or even black forms, reveals itself. Melanism is rather more common in the case of the male sex than in the female sex. The collector and student will always endeavor, if possible, to preserve these curious aberrafions, as they are called. We do not yet entirely understand what are the causes which are at work to produce these changes in the color, and all such aberrant specimens have interest for the scientific man. Moiisi rosities. — Cunous malformations, producing monstrosi- ties, sometimes occur among insects, as in other animals, and such malformed specimens should likewise be preserved when found. One form of malformation which is not altogether un- common consists in an apparent confusion of sexes in specimens, the wings of a male insect being attached to the body of a female, or half of an insect being male and half female. Mimicry.— One of the most singular and interesting facts in the animal kingdom is what has been styled mimicry. Certain colors and forms are possessed by animals which adapt them to their surroundings in such wise that they are in a greater or less degree secured from observation and attack. Or they possess fonr.s and colors which cause them to approximate in appear- ance other creatures, which for some reason are feared or disliked by animals which might prey upon them, and in consequence of this resemblance enjoy partial or entire immunity. Some butter- flies, for instance, resemble dried leaves, and as they are seated upon the twigs of trees they wholly elude the eye. This illustrates the first form of mimicry. Other butterflies so closely approxi- mate in form and color species which birds and other insects will not atfack, because of the disagreeable juices which their bodies contain, that they are shunned by their natural enemies, in spite of the fact that they belong to groups of insects which are ordinarily greedily devoured by birds and other animals. A good illustration of this fact is found in the case of the Disippus Butterfly, which belongs to a group which is not specially pro- tected, but is often the prey of insect-eating creatures. This butterfly has assumed almost the exact color and markings of the The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies milkweed luittertly, Aiiosi\i p/t'x/ppiis, which is distiisteful to birds, and hence enjoys peculiar freedom from the attacks of enemies. Because this adaptation of one form to another evi- dently serves the purpose of defense this phenomenon has been called ' protective mimicry." The reader who is curious to know more about the subject will do well to consult the writin],li.nKiley). Fig. 44.—^, net; ft, ferrule to receive han- ferrule Of a fish- ^ pjuJ put Vi die; f , wire hoop to be fastened in the upper • . i-, ' \ - \ . end of the ferrule (Riley). ing-rod. I He ferrule should be at least three quarters of an inch in diameter. Into this m.scrt the ends of a metal ring made by bending brass, aluminium, or iron f he Caoture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens wire into the proper form. When the ends have been inserted into the ferrule, melted solder or lead may be poured into it, and the ends of the wire forming the ring will be thus firmly secured in the ferrule. The ferrule can then be inserted into its mate placed at the end of a bamboo rod. I have commonly ob- tained for this purpose the last joint or butt of a tlshing-rod as the handle of a net. Such a handle can often be purchased for a small sum from a dealer in fishing-rods. It can be made very cheaply. Any kind of a stick, if not too heavy, will do. It is sometimes convenient to have it in your power to lengthen the handle of your net so as to reach objects that are at some elevation above the head, and for this purpose 1 have had nets made with handles capable of being lengthened by jointed extensions. In collecting in tropical countries, among tall shrubbery and under- growth, nets thus made, capable of having their handles greatly lengthened, have often proved serviceable. One of the most successful collectors I have ever had in my emplovment made his net by simply bending a piece of bamboo into the form, of the frame of an Indian snow-shoe, to which he attached a handle about a foot and a half in length, and to this he affixed a bag of netting. He was, however, a Japanese, and possessed a singular dexterity in the capture cf specimens with this simple apparatus to which I myself never attained. When tarletan can- not be had, ordinary mosquito-netting will do as the material for the bag. It is, however, too coarse in the mesh for many delicate and minute species. Very fine netting for the manufacture of the bags is made in Switzerland, and can be obtained from reputable dealers. In order to protect and preserve the net, it is well to bind it with some thin muslin at the point where it is joined to the ring. Nets are sometimes made with a strip of muslin, about two inches wide, attached to the entire circumference of the ring, and to this strip of muslin the bag is sewed. For my part, I prefer gray or green as the color for a net. White should be avoided, as ex- perience shows that a white net will often alarm an insect when a net of darker material will not cause it to fly before the collector is ready to bring the net down over the spot where it is settled. Collecting-Jars. --\vl killing insects various methods have been used. In practice the most approved method is to employ a jar charged with cyanide of potash or with carbonate of ammoniar 28 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens For l.irge moths ;ind luittcitlifs cy;inide of potash and carbonate of ammonia serve very well, but it must be remembered that carbonate of ammonia bleaches insects which are green in color. It is well, in my judgir.ent, to use a drop or two of chloroform in the jar charged with carbonate of ammonia, for the collection of diurnal lepidoptera. By putting a few drops of chloroform into the jar, the insect is anesthetized, and its struggles are made quickly to cease. The principal objection to chloroform is the fact that it induces rigidity of the thoracic muscles, which subsequently sometimes interferes with handsome setting. In the preparation of the poisoning-jar it is well to use a jar which has a ground-glass stop- per, and the mouth of which is about three inches in diameter. This will be large enough for most specimens. The one-pound hydrate of chloral jars, provided with glass stoppers and sold by Schering, make the neatest collecting-jars that are known to the writer. I have found it well to have such jars Fig. 40.— Cya- partlv covered with leather after the fashion of a "■'■Har prepared r - lor use: P, perio- drinking-tlask. An opening in the leather is left rated cardboard; on either side, permitting an inspection of the ,^[je'oi"^otash^^^' contents of the jar. The leather protects from breakage. At the bottom of such a jar a few lumps of cyanide of potash, about the size of a filbert, should be placed. Over this may be laid a little cotton, to prevent the lumps from rat- tling about loosely at the bottom of the jar. Over the cotton there is pasted a sheet of strong white paper, perforated with a multitude of holes. In securing the white paper over the cyanide, the writer has resorted to a simple method which is explained in the annexed diagram. A piece of paper is placed under the jar. and a circle the size of the Fig. 47. —Piece of jnside of the jar is traced upon it. Then a disk paper punctured and . ^ ^ ■, ^ ^<. ^ c ■ \ slit for pasting over JS cut out about three quarters of an inch greater the cyanide in the jn diameter than the oriirinal circle (Fig. 47). The collecting- jar. . ^ . ' , . .- • i j j paper is punctured over the entire surface included within the inner line, and then, with a scissors, little gashes are made from the outer circumference inward, so as to permit of the folding up of the edge of the disk. A little gum tragacanth is 20 The. Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens then applied to these upturned edges; and it is inserted into the jar and pasted securely over the cyanide by the upturned flaps. A jar thus charged will last for a long time, if kept properly closed when not in use. Cyanide of potash has a tendency to deliquesce, or melt down in the presence of moisture, and in very humid cli- mates or damp places, if the jar is not kept well stoppered, the cyanide will quickly become semi-fluid, the paper will become moist, and specimens placed in the jar will be injured or com- pletely ruined. It is well, however, to bear in mind the fact that the fumes of hydrocyanic acid (prussic acid), which are active in producing the death of the insect, will not be given off in suifi- cient volume unless there is some small amount of moisture pres- FiG. 48. — Method of disabling a butterfly by pinch- ing it when in the net. ent in the jar; and in a very dry climate the writer has found it sometimes necessary to add a drop or two of water from time to time to the cyanide. The same method which has been described for charging a jar with cyanide of potash can be employed in charging it with carbonate of ammonia. Field-Boxes.— \n collecting butterflies it is often possible to kill, or half kill, the specimens contained in the net by a smart pinch administered to the insect by the thumb and the first finger, the pressure being applied from without the net (Fig. 48). This mode of procedure, however, unless the operator is careful, is apt to somewhat damage the specimens. The writer prefers to hold the insect firmly between the thumb and the first finger, and apply a drop or two of chloroform from a vial which should be carried in 30 Explanation of Plate IV Reproduced, with the kind permission of Dr. S. H. Scudder, from "The Butterflies of New England," vol. iii, Plate 83. Chrysalids in Color and in Outlim — Nymphalid^ 3- 4- s. 6. 7- 8. 9- 10. I I . 12. 13- 14- 15- 16. '7- 18. '9- 20. 21. 22. 23- 24. 25- 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. J2. Aiiosia plexippus. Side view. Anosia plexippus. In outline. Anosia plexippus. Dorsal view. CEneis semidea. CEneis semidea. Dorsal view. Debis portlandia. Satyrus nephcle. Satj'rus nephele. Dorsal view. Satyrodes caiithus. Side view. Neotiympha phocioii. Side view. Neoiiympba phocion. Side view. Basilarchia astyaiiax. Side view. Basilarchia astyanax. Side view. Bcisilaixhia artbemis. Side view. Chlorippe clytoii. Side view. Chlorippe clytoii. Side view. Chlorippe clyton. Dorsal view. Basilarchia disippus. Ventral view. Basilarchia disippus. Sideviev/. Basilarchia disippus. Side view. Grapta interrogation is. Dorsal view. Grapta interrogationis. Side view. Basilarchia arthemis. Dorsal view. Grapta interrogationis. Outline of mesothoracic tubercle from the side. Grapta interrogationis. Grapta interrogationis. Outline of head from in front. Grapta comma. Outline of head from in front ; enlarged. Neonympha euryfus. Side view. Grapta comma. Outline of meso-. thoracic tubercle from the side. Grapta comma. The same from another specimen. Grapta faunus. Outline of head from in front. Grapta progne. Outline of head from in front. Side view. Side view in out- Ventral view in 33. Grapta faunus. 34. Grapta faunus. line. 35. Grapta faunus. outline. 36. yanessa j-album. Outline of meso- thoracic tubercle from the side. 37. Grapta progne. Side view. 38. Grapta progne. Side view. 39. Grapta comma. Side view. 40. Grapta interrogationis. Side view. 41. Grapta satyrus. Side view. 42. Grapta satyrus. Ventral view. 43. Vanessa milherti. Side view. 44. Vanessa j-albuni. Side view. 45. Vanessa j-album. Ventral view. 46. Grapta comma. Side view. 47. Grapta comma. Side view. 48. Grapta comma. Dorsal view. 49. Vanessa milberti. Side view. 50. Vanessa milberti. Dorsal view. 51. Vanessa antiopa. Side view. 52. Pyrameis atalanta. Side view. 53. Pyrameis atalanta. Dorsal view. 54. Pyrameis hunter a. Side view. 55. Pyrameis atalanta. Side view. 56. Junonia ccenia. Side view. ^-j. Junonia ccenia. Dorsal view. 58. Vanessa antiopa. Side view. 59. Vanessa antiopa. Dorsal view. 60. Pyrameis cardui. Side view. 61. Pyrameis cardui. Side view. 62. Pyrameis cardui. Dorsal view. 6^. Pyrameis huntera. Dorsal view. 64. Pyrameis huntera. Side view, with nest woven before pupation. 65. Junonia ccenia. Side view. 66. Junonia ccenia. Side view. 67. Junonia ccenia. Side view. The Butterfly Book. Plate IV. The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens the upper left-hand vest-pocket. The application of the chloro- form will cause the insect to cease its struggles immediately, and it may then be placed in the poisoning-jar, or it may be pinned into the field-box. The field-box, which should be worn at the side, securely held in its place by a strap going over the shoulder and by another strap around the waist, may be provided with the poisoning apparatus or may be without it. In the former case the box should be of tin, and should have securely fastened in one cor- ner some lumps of cyanide, tied in gauze. The box should be very tight, so that when it is closed the fumes of the cyanide may be retained. The bottom should be covered with cork, upon which the specimens, as they are withdrawn from the poisoning-jar, should be pinned. It is well to bear strictly in mind that it is a mistake to continue to put one specimen after another into the poisoning-jar until it is half filled or c]uite filled with specimens, in walking about the field, if there are several insects in the jar at a time, they are likely to become rubbed and their beauty partially destroyed by being tossed about as the collector moves from place to place; and a large insect placed in a jar in which there are one or two smaller insects will in its death-struggles possibly injure the latter. So, as fast as the insects are partially asphyxiated, or de- prived of the power of motion, they should be removed from the poisoning-jar to the poisoning-box, where they are pinned in place and prevented from rubbing one against the other. Some col- lectors prefer simply to stun the insects, and then pin them into the field-box, where they are left, in whole or in part, to recover their vitality, to be subsequently put to death upon the return of the collector from the field. This mode of procedure, while undoubt- edly it yields in the hands of a skilful operator the most beauti- ful specimens, appears to the writer to be somewhat cruel, and he does not therefore approve of it. The Use of the Net.— \n the use of the net the old saying is true that " practice makes perfect." The bag of the net should be sufficientlv long to allow of its being completely closed when hanging from the ring on either side. It is possible to sweep into the net an insect which is fluttering through the air, and then by a turn of the hand to close the bag and to capture the speci- men. When the insect has alighted upon the ground it is best to clap the net over it and then to raise the net with one hand. Very many species have the habit of flying upward. This is par- The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation oi Specimens ticularly true of the skippers, a group of very vigorous and swift- flying butterflies. The writer prefers, if possible, to clap the net over the specimens and then to allow them to rise, and, by insert- ing the wide-mouthed collecting-jar below, to capture them with- out touching them at all with the fingers. So far as possible the fingers should not be allowed to come in contact with specimens, whether in or out of the net, though some persons acquire an ex- tremely delicate yet firm touch which enables them to handle the wings of frail species without removing any of the scales. No- thing is more unsightly in a collection than specimens that wave been caught and rubbed by the fingers. Baits.— Moths, are frequently taken by the method of collecting known as "sugaring." But it may also be employed for butter- flies. For this purpose a mixture of beer and cheap brown sugar may be used. If the beer be stale drippings, so much the better. In fact, it is well, if the collector intends to remain in one locality for some time, to make a mixture of beer and sugar some hours or a day in advance of its application. In semi-tropical countries a mixture of beer and sugar is hardly as good as a mixture of molasses and water into which a few tablespoonfuls of Jamaica rum have been put. A mixture thus prepared seems to attract more effectually than the first prescription. Having provided a pail with a quart or two of the mixture, the collector resorts to the point where he proposes to carry on his work. With an ordinary whitewash brush the mixture is applied to the trunks of trees, stumps, fence-rails, and other objects. It is well to apply the mixture to a series of trees and posts located on the side of a bit of woodland, or along a path through forests, if comparatively open and not too dense. The writer has rarely had success in sugaring in the depths of forests. His greatest success has al- ways been on paths and at the edge of woods. Many beetles and other insects come to the tempting sweets, and separate jars for capturing these should be carried in the pocket. The collector never should attempt to kill beetles in the same jar into which he is puffing butterflies. The hard, horny bodies and spiny legs of beetles will make sad havoc with the delicate wings of butterflies. Many other baits besides this may be employed to attract in- sects. Some writers recommend a bait prepared by boiling dried apples and mashing them into a pulp, adding a little rum to the mixture, and applying this to the bark of trees. In tropical coun- 32 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens tries bananas, especially rotten bananas, seem to have a charm for insects. The cane-trash at sugar-mills is very attractive, if pos- sible, it is well to obtain a quantity of this trash and scatter it along forest paths. Some insects have very peculiar appetites and are attracted by things loathsome. The ordure of carnivorous animals seems to have a special charm for some of the most mag- nificently colored and the rarest of tropical butterflies. A friend of mine in Africa, who collected for me for a number of years, used to keep civet-cats, the ordure of which was collected and placed at appropriate points in the forest paths; and he was richly re- warded by obtaining many insects which were not obtained in any other way. Putrid fish have a charm for other species, and dead snakes, when rankly high, will attract still others. It may be observed that after the trees have been treated for a succession of days or nights with the sweetening mixture spoken of above, they become very productive. When collecting in Japan I made it a rule to return in the morning to the spots that I had sugared for moths the evening before, and 1 was always amply repaid by finding multitudes of buttertlies and even a good many day-flying moths seated upon the mossy bark, feasting upon the remnants of the banquet I had provided the evening before. There is no sport— 1 do not except that of the angler— which is more fascinating than the sport derived by an enthusiastic entomologist from the practice of "sugaring." It is well, however, to know always where your path leads, and not to lay it out in the dusk, as the writer once did when staying at a well-known summer resort in Virginia. The path which he had chosen as the scene of operations was unfortunately laid, all unknown to himself, just in the rear of the poultry-house of a man who sold chickens to the hotel ; and when he saw the dark lantern mysteriously moving about, he concluded that some one with designs upon his hens was hidden in the woods, and opened fire with a seven-shooter, thus coming very near to terminating abruptly the career of an ardent entomologist. Bea/iiig.—Theve are many species which are apparently not attracted by baits such as we have spoken of in the preceding paragraph. The collector, passing through the grove, searches diligently with his eye and captures what he can see, but does not fail also with the end of his net-handle to tap the trunks of trees and to shake the bushes, and as the insects lly out, to note 33 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens the point where they settle, and then make them his prey. It is well in this work, as in all collecting, to proceed somewhat leisurely, and to keep perfectly cool. The caricature sometimes found in newspapers of the ardent lepidopterist running like a " quarter-back " across a ten-acre lot in quest of some flying insect does not represent the truly skilful collector, whose movements are more or less stealthy and cautious. THE BREEDING OF SPECIMENS By breeding it is possible to obtain specimens in the most perfect condition. Bred specimens which have not had an oppor- tunity to fly are always preferred on account of their freshness of color and perfection of form. A great many species which ap- parently are exceedingly rare may often be obtained in consider- able numbers by the process of breeding, the caterpillar being more readily found than the perfect insect. Although the process of breeding involves a good deal of labor and care, it affords a most delightful field for observation, and the returns are fre- quently of the very greatest value. How to Get the Eggs of Butterflies.— l\\e process of breeding may begin with the egg. The skilful eye of the student will de- tect the eggs of butterflies upon the leaves upon which they have been deposited. The twig may be cut and placed in a vase, in water, and kept fresh until the minute caterpillar emerges, and then from time to time it may be transferred to fresh leaves of the same species of plant, and it will continue to make its moults until at last it is transformed into a chrysalis, and in due season the butterfly emerges. Eggs may frequently be obtained in con- siderable numbers by confining the female under gauze, with the ^ appro i„ date food-plant. A knowledge of the food-plant may often be obtained by watching the female and observing upon what plants she deposits her eggs. The exceedingly beautiful researches of Mr. W. H. Edwards were largely promoted by his skill in inducing females to oviposit upon their food-plants. He did this generally by confining the female with the food-plant in a barrel or nail-keg, the bottom of which had been knocked out, and over the top of which he tied mosquito-netting. The plant was placed under the keg. The insects thus con- 34 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens fined may be fed with a mixture of honey and water placed upon the leaves. In collecting caterpillars it is well to have on hand a number of small boxes in which to place them, and also a botany-box in which to bring from the held a supply of their appropriate food. The process of breedmg may begin with the caterpillar. The collector, having discovered the caterpillar feeding upon the branch of a certain plant, provides the creature with a constant supply of the fresh foliage of the same plant, until it finally pupates. Breed/iig-Qjges. — V diious devices for breeding caterpillars and rearing moths and butterflies are known. One of the most impor- tant of these devices is the breed- ing-cage, which is sometimes called a vivarium. The simplest form of the vivarium is often the best. In breeding some species the best method is simply to pot a plant of the species upon which the lar- va is known to feed, and to place the potted plant in a box over which some mosquito-netting is p,^ 49._Cheap form of breeding- tied. The writer frequently em- cage: G, lid covered with mosquito- ploys for this purpose cylinders of "^^^i^: '^^" '^''''^''^ ^' *^"'''^" '''' glass over the top of which per- forated cardboard is placed. This method, however, can be re- sorted to only with the more minute forms and with plants that do not attain great height. Another form of vivarium is repre- sented in the adjoining woodcut (Fig. so). The writer has suc- cessfully employed, for breeding insects upon a large scale, ordi- nary store boxes provided with -a lid made by fastening together four pieces of wood, making a frame large enough to cover the top of the bcx, and covering it with gauze. The food-plant is kept fresh in bottles or jars which are set into the boxes. Be careful, however, after you have put the branches upon which the caterpil- lars are feeding into the jars, to stuff something into the neck of the jar so as to prevent the caterpillar from accidentally getting into the water and drowning himself— a mishap which otherwise might occur. When breeding is undertaken on a still larger scale, it may be well to set apart for this purpose a room, preferably in 3y The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens an outbuilding, all the openings leading from which should be carefully closed so as to prevent the escape of the caterpillars. How to Find Caterpillars. — fA^ny species of caterpillars are not hard to discover; they are more or less conspicuous objects, and strike the eye. Some species conceal themselves by weaving together the leaves of the plant on which they feed, or by bending Fig. 50. — Breeding-cage: tr,base, battened at^to prevent warping; b, removable body of cage, in- closing zinc pan, /, /, containing jar for plant, d, and filled Vk'ith five inches of soil, e ; c, removable top, covered with wire gauze. The doors and sides are of glass (Riley). a single leaf into a curved receptacle in which they lie hidden. Others conceal themselves during the daytime about the roots of trees or under bark or stones, only emerging in the night-time to feed upon the foliage. The collector will carefully search for these. The presence of caterpillars is generally indicated by the ravages which they have committed upon the foliage. By care- fully scanning a branch the collector will observe that the leaves 36 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens have been more or less devoured. Generally underneath the tree will be found the frass, or ejectanienta, of the caterpillar. The presence of the ejectamenta and the evidence of the ravages com- mitted by the larvae upon the foliage will give the collector a clue to the whereabouts ol the caterpillar. The writer has found it generally advantageous to search for caterpillars that feed upon trees along the wide, sandy margins of brooks and rivers. The frass is easily discovered upon the sand, and by casting the eye upward into the foliage it is often easy to detect the insect. The pavements in towns and cities which are bordered by trees may also very well be scanned for evidence of the presence of cater- pillars. A favorite collecting-ground of the writer is one of the large cemeteries of the city in which he lives, in which there are numerous trees and a great quantity of shrubbery. Wood-boring species, as a rule, are more difficult to obtain and rear than those that feed upon the foliage. Hibernating Ccifcrpi/Ia rs. —While some difficulty attends the preservation of chrysalids in the case of those species which pupate in the fall and pass the winter in the chrysalis state under the ground, far more difficulty attends the preservation of species which hibernate in the caterpillar state. As a rule, it is found best to expose the boxes containing these species in an ice-house oi other cold place, keeping them there until there is available an abundant supply of the tender shoots of the plant upon which they are in the habit of feeding. They may then be brought forth from cold storage and placed in proximity to the food-plant, upon which they will proceed to feed. THE PRESERVATION OF SPECIMENS Papering Specimens. — Whi^n time and opportunities do not suffice for the proper preparation of butterflies for display in the permanent collection, the collector may, in the case of the larger species, conveniently place them in envelopes, with theii wings folded (Fig. 51), and they may then be stored in a box until such time as he is able to relax the specimens and properly mount them. Thousands of insects are thus annually collected. The small drug envelopes, or the larger pay-roll envelopes, which may be bought in boxes by the thousand of any stationer foi .37 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens Fig. 51. — Butterfly in envelope. a comparatively small sum, are preferable because of their conve- nience. Many collectors, however, paper their specimens in envel- opes which they make of oblong bits of paper adapted to the size of the insect. The process of making the envelope and of paper- ing the insect is accurately depicted in the accompanying cut (Fig. 52). The writer finds it good in the case of small butterflies to place them in boxes between layers of cheap plush or velvet. A small box, a few inches long, may be provided, and at its bottom a layer of velvet is placed; upon this a number of small butterflies are laid. Over them is placed a layer of velvet, with its soft pile facing the same side of the velvet at the bottom. On top of this another piece of velvet is laid, with its pile upward, and other specimens are again deposited, and over this another piece of velvet is laid, and so on. If the box is not filled full at once, it is well to have enough pieces of velvet cut to fill it, or else place cotton on top, so as to keep the layers of velvet from mov- ing or shaking about. A yard or two of plush or velvet will suffice for the packing of a thousand specimens of small butterflies. Mounting BTiffer/fies.— When the collector has time enough at his dis- posal he should at once mount his specimens as they are intended to be displayed in the collection. We shall now proceed to explain the manner in which this is most advantageously ac- complished. The insect should first ofall be pinned. The pin should be thrust perpendicularly through the thorax, midway between the wings, and at a considerable elevation upon the pin. It should then be placed upon the setting-board or setting-block. Setting- boards or setting-blocks are pieces of wood having a groove on the upper surface of sufficient depth to accommodate the body of the insect and to permit the wings to be brought to the level of the upper surface of the board (Fig. 53). They should also be provided either with a cleft or a hole which will permit the pin to be thrust down below the body of the insect for a considerable 38 A C Fig. 52.— Method of folding pa- per for envelopes: first fold on line y4B; then on ^Dand CB; then on BF and E^. The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens distance. As a rule, the wintjs of all specimens should be mounted at a uniform elevation of about seven eis?hths of an inch above the point of the pin. This is known as the " continental method " of mountin.i^, and is infinitely prefer- able to the old-fashioned "English method," in which the insect was pinned low down upon the pin, so that its wings touched the surface of the box. Setting-blocks are most advanta- geously employed in setting small species, especially the Hcspcn'idiV. the wings of which are refractory. When the insect has been pinned „ c »»• u ^ ■ • . ^ Fig. 53.— Setting-board liesigncd upon the settmg-board or Settmg- by the author. The wings of the block, the next step is to set the '"^^5^* are held in place by strips of . r . tracmg-musiin, such as is used by Wings in the position which they engineers. The grooves at the side are to maintain when the specimen sfve to hold the board in place in . ., ,, , -ru- ■ the drymg-box. (See Fig. 59.) IS thoroughly dry. I his is accom- plished by means of what are known as "setting-needles" (Fig. s6). Setting-needles may be easily made by simply stick- ing ordinary needles into wooden matches from which the tips have been removed. In drawing the wings into position, care should be taken to plant the setting-needle behind the strong nervure on the costal margin of the wing; otherwise the wings are lia- ble to be torn and disfigured. The rule in setting lep- FiG. ■ =i4. -Setting-bIocl< ^, holes to enable the pin jJoptera is tO draw to reach to the cork ; C , cork, ^ filling groove on the bottom the anterior wing ofthe block; fi, slit to hold forward in such thread. a mariner that the Fir., ^^i.— Setting-block with buttertly expanded upon it. posterior margin of this wing is at right angles to the axis of the body, the axis of the body being a line drawn through the head to the extremity of the abdomen. The hind wing should then be moved forward, its anterior margin lying under the op- posing margin of the front wing. When the wings have thus 39 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens been adjusted into the position wliicli they are to occupy, slips of tracing-muslin or of paper should be drawn down over them and securely pinned, the setting-needles being removed. ^^^^^^^^^^^^ In pinning down the Cr- , -^^ . ^ .. -n = r . ^ ^-iL stHps whlch arc to hold the Fig. 56.— Setting-needle. wings in place, be careful to pin around the wing, but never, if possible, through it. When the wings have been adjusted in the position in which they are to remain, the antennae, or feelers, should be attended to and drawn forward on the same plane as the wings and secured in place. This may ordinarily be done by set- ting pins in such a position as to hold them where they are to stay. Then the body, if it has a tendency to sag down at the end of the abdomen, should be raised. This may also be accomplished by means of pins thrust beneath on either side. The figure on the next page shows more clearly what is intended. When the insect has been set, the board should be put aside in a place where it will not be molested or attacked by pests, and the specimens upon it allowed to dry. A box with shelves in it is often used for this purpose. This box should have a door at the front covered with wire gauze, and the back should also be open, covered with gauze, so as to allow a free circu- lation of air. A few balls of naph- thaline placed in it will tend to keep away mites and other pests. The time during which the specimen should remain on the board until it is dried varies with its size and the condition of the atmosphere. Most butterflies and moths in dry weather will he suificiently dried to permit of their removal from the setting-boards in a week; but large, stout-bodied moths may require as much as two weeks, or even more time, before they are dry enough to be taken off the boards. The process of drying may be hastened by placing the boards in an oven, but the tem- perature of the oven must be quite low. If too much heat is applied, great injury is sure to result. Only a careful and expert operator should resort to the use of the oven, a temperature above 120° F, being sure to work mischief. 40 Fic 57. — Setting-board with moth expanded upon it (Riley). The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens ^('A/.v///;'' Sf^Cif'/iiciis. — 'When buttoillics or moths have been put up in piipers or mounted on pins without havinij their winjjjs expanded and set it becomes necessary, before settinc: them, to relax them. This may be ac- complished in several ways. It" the specimens have been pinned it is best to place them on pieces of sheet-cork on a tray of sand which has been thoroughly moistened and treated with a good dose of carbolic acid. Over all a bell- glass is put. A tight tin box will serve the same purpose, Fio. sS.-Butterfly pinned oh board, showing but a broad sheet of bibulous ""-^t'loaof holding up body and pinning down antennae. paper should always be put over the box, under the lid, before closing it, and in such a way as to leave the edges of the paper projecting around the edges of the lid. This is done to absorb the moisture which might settle bv condensa- tion upon the lid and drop upon the specimens. In a bell-glass the Fig. sq. — Drying-box: a, selting-board partly pulled out; h, T-shaped strip working in groove on setting- board ; c, front door, sliding down by tongue, d, work- ing in a groove at side in front. moisture generally trickles down the sides. Earthenware crocks with closely fitting lids are even better than tin boxes, but they must have paper put over them, before closing, in the same way as is done when tin boxes are used. When specimens have been 41 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens preserved in papers or envelopes these should be opened a little and laid upon damp, carbolized sand under a bell-glass or in a closed receptacle of some kind. Papered specimens may also be placed in their envelopes between clean towels, which have been moistened in water to which a little carbolic acid has been added. The towels should be wrung out quite dry before using them. Fig. 60. — Drying-box (Riley). The method of placing between towels should never be used in the case of very small and delicate species and those which are blue or green in color. Great care must be exercised not to allow the insects to become soaked or unduly wet. This ruins them. They should, however, be damp enough to allow the wings and other organs to be freely moved. When the insects have been relaxed they may be pinned and expanded on setting-boards like freshly caught specimens. It is well in setting the wings of re- laxed specimens, after having thrust the pin through the body, to take a small forceps and, seizing the wings just where they join the body, gently move them so as to open them and make their movement easy before pinning them upon the setting-board. The skilful manipulator in this way quickly ascertains whether they have been sufficiently relaxed to admit of their being readily set. If discovered to be too stiff and liable to break they must be still further relaxed. Dried specimens which have been relaxed and then mounted generally require only a short time to dry again, and need rarely be kept more than twenty-four hours upon the setting-boards. The process of setting insects upon setting-blocks is exactly the 42 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens same as when setting-boards are used, with the simple difference that, instead of pinning strips of paper or tracing-muslin over the wings, the wings are held in place by threads or very narrow tapes, which are wound around the block. When the wings are not covered with a very deep and velvety covering of scales the threads or tapes maybe used alone; but when the wings are thus clothed it becomes necessary to put bits of paper or cardboard over the wings before wrapping with the threads. Unless this is done the marks of the threads will be left upon the wings. Some little skill, which is easily acquired by practice, is necessary in order to employ setting-blocks to advantage, but in the case of small species and species which have refractory wings they are much to be preferred to the boards. The Preparation and Preservation of Eggs.—1\\Q eggs of but- terflies may be preserved by simply putting them mto tubes con- taining alcohol, or they may be placed in vials containing dilute glycerine or a solution of common salt. The vials should be kept tightly corked and should be marked by a label written with a lead-pencil and placed within the bottle, upon which the name of the species and the date of collection should be noted, or a reference made to the collector's note-book. Unless the eggs of insects are preserved in fluid they are apt in many cases to dry up and become distorted, because, on account of their small size, it is impossible to void them of their contents. The larvoe escaping from eggs often void the shell very neatly, leaving, however, a large orifice. Such remnants of shells may be preserved, as they often are useful in showing some of the details of marking: but great vigilance in securing them should be exercised, for almost all the larvae of butterflies have the curious habit of whetting thei appetites for future repasts bv turning around and either wholly or partially devouring the shell of the egg which they have quitted. I'ggs are most neatly mounted in the form of microscopic slides in glycerine jelly contained in cells of appropriate depth and diam- eter. It is best, if possible, t'^ mount several specimens upon the same slide, showing the side of the Q^g as well as the end. A cabinet filled with the eggs of butterflies thus mounted is valu- able and curious. The Preservation of Onysal ids.— C\m\sAk\s may be deprived of their vitality by simply immersing them in alcohol, or they may be killed by means of chloroform, and they may then be 43 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens fastened upon pins like tiie imago, and arranged appropriately in the collection with the species. Some chrysalids, however, lose their color when killed in this way, and it is occasion- ally well to void them of their contents by making an opening and carefully removing the parts that are contained within, re- placing with some material which will prevent the chrysalis from shrinking and shriveling. This method of preserving need, how- ever, be resorted to only in exceptional cases. When a butterfly has escaped from its chrysalis it frequently leaves the entire shell behind, with the parts somewhat sundered, yet, nevertheless, furnishing a clear idea of the structure of the chrysalis. If no other specimen of the chrysalis can be obtained than these voided shells they should be preserved. The Preservation of Caterpillars. —The caterpillars of butterflies when they first emerge from the egg, and before they make the first moult, are, for the most part, extremely small, and are best preserved as microscopic objects in cells filled with glycerine. After each successive moult the larva increases rapidly in size. These various stages in the development of the caterpillar should all be noted and preserved, and it is customary to put up these collections in vials filled with alcohol or a solution of formaline (which latter, by the by, is preferable to alco- hol), or to inflate them. The method of inflation secures the best specimens. In inflating larvse the first step is carefully to remove the con- tents of the larval skin. This may be done by making an incision with a stout pin or a needle at the anal extremity, and then, be- tween the folds of a soft towel or cloth, pressing out the contents of the abdominal cavity. The pressure should be first applied near the point where the pellicle has been punctured, and should then be carried forward until the region of the head is reached. Care must be exercised to apply only enough pressure to expel the contents of the skin without disturbing the tissues which lie nearest to the epidermis, in which the pigments are located, and not to remove the hairs which are attached to the body. Pressure sufficient to bruise the skin should never be applied. A little practice soon imparts the required dexterity. The contents of the larval skin having been removed, the next step is to inflate and dry the empty skin. A compact statement of the method of performing this operation is contained in Hornaday's " Taxidermy 44 Explanation of Plate V Reproduced, with the kind permission of Dr. S. H. Scudder, from " The Butterflies of New England," voL iii, Plate 84. Chrysalids in Color and in Outline — Nymphalid-^, Lyc/^nid/€, Pierin/e 1. 2. 3- 4- 5- 6. 7- 8. 9- 10. 1 1. 12. •3- 14. >5- 16. »7- 18. 19. 20. 21. 22, 23- 24. 25- 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 3>- 32. 33- 34- 35- 36. 37- 38. ^9- Arg}'nnis cybele. /4rg}>inns cyheJe. Argyll II is cj'bi'le. Argfiiiiis idaJia. Side view. Dorsal view. Side view. Side view. Argynnis aphrodite. Side view. Argfiiiiis atlaiitis. Side view. Melitiva phak'toii. Side view. Ettptoieta claitdia. Side view. Euptoieta claitdia. Side view. Brenthis bellona. Side view. Brentbis bellona. Side view. Brenthis myriiia. Side view. Brenthis myrina. Side view. Brenthis nijriiia. Dorsal view. Melitcea phaeton. Side view. Melita'a phaeton. Dorsal view. Melitcea harrisi. Side view. Melitaja harrisi. Dorsal view. Phyciodes nycteis. Side view. Phyciodes tharos. Dorsal view. Phyciodes tharos. Side view. Phyciodes tharos. Side view. Libythea bachmani. Side view. Libythea bachmani. Side view. Thecla calaiius. Side view. Thecla iriis. Side view, enlarged. Thecla calanus. Side view. Thecla liparops. Side view. Thecla edwardsi. Side view. Thecla damon. Side view. Thecla danioii. Side view, enlarged. Thecla iriis. Dorsal view. Thecla iriis. Side view. Thecla iriis. Side view. Thecla acadica. Side view. Lycceua pseudargiolus. Side view. Thecla tit us. Side view. Thecla niphon. Side view. Thecla 111 el inns. Side view. Copied from Abbot's drawing in the British Museum. 40. Thecla niphon. Side view. Copied from Abbot's drawing in Dr. Bois- duval's library. 41. Lyccena scudderi. Side view, en- larged. 42. LyccTiia comyntas. Side view. Copied from Abbot's drawing in Dr. Bois- duvai's library. 43. Lyccrna pseudargiolus. Side view, enlarged. Copied from Abbot's drawing in Dr. Boisduval's library. 44. Lycacna pseudargiolus. Side view. 45. Feniseca tarquinius. Side view. 46. Feniseca tarquinius. Side view. Copied from Abbot's drawing in the British Museum. 47. Lyca'iia comyntas. Side view, en- larged. 48. Lyccena comyntas. Side view. 49. Chrysophanus hypophlceas. -Side view. 50. Chrysophanus thai'. Side view. 5 1 . Terias nicippe. Side view. 52. Terias nicippe. Dorsal view. 53. Colias eurythetne. Side view. 54. Colias philodice. Dorsal view. 55. Colias philodice. Side view. 56. Terias lisa. Side view. 57. Pieris napi, var. oleracea. Side view. 58. Pieris rapce. Side view. 59. Eiichloe genutia. Side view. 60. Callidryas eubule. Side view 61. Callidryas eubule. Side view. 62. Callidryas eubule. Dorsal view. 6}. Pieris napi, war. oleracea. Side view. 64. Pieris napi, var. oleracea. Dorsal view. 65. Pieris rapcc. Dorsal view. 66. Pieris protodice. Dorsal view. 67. Pieris protodice. Side view. The Butterfly Book. Plate V. The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens and Zoological Ctillecling," IVoni the pcii of the writci, aiul I here- with reproduce it: "The simplest metiiod of inllating the skins of larVcC after the contents have been withdrawn is to insert a straw or grass stem of appropriate thickness into the opening through which the contents have been removed, and then by the breath to inflate the specimen, while holding over the chimney of an Argand lamp, Fig. 6 1. — Apparatus for inflating larva": B, foot-bellows; K, rubber tube; C, flask; D, anhydrous sulphuric acid; E, overflow-flask; F, rubber tube from flask; C, standard with cock to ret,Hilate flow of air; H, glass tube with larva upon it ; /, copper drying-plate ; J, spirit-lamp. the flame of which must be regulated so as not to scorch or singe it. Care must be taken in the act of inllating not to unduly distend the larval skin, thus producing a distortion, and also to dry it thoroughly. Unless the latter precaution is observed a subse- quent shrinking and disfigurement will take place. The process of inflating in the manner just described is som».what laborious, and while some of the finest specimens which the writer has ever seen were prepared in this primitive manner, various expedients 4=^ The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens Fig. 62.— Tip of inflating-tube, with armature for holding larval skin. for lessening the labor involved have been devised, some of which are to be highly commended. " A comparatively inexpensive arrangement for inflating larvae is a modification of that described in the ' Entomologische Nach- richten' (1879, vol. v, p. 7), devised by Mr. Fritz A. Wachtel (Fig. 61). It consists of a foot-bellows such as is used by chemists in the laboratory, or, better still, of a small cylinder such as is used for holding gas in operating the oxyhydrogen lamp of a sciopticon. In the latter case the com- pressed air should not have a pressure exceed- ing twenty pounds to the square inch, and the cock regulating the flow from the cylinder should be capable of very fine adjustment. By means of a rubber tube the air is conveyed from the cylinder to a couple of flasks, one of which contains concentrated sulphuric acid, and the other is in- tended for the reception of any overflow of the hydrated sulphuric acid which may occur. The object of passing the air through sulphuric acid is to rob it, so far as possible, of its moisture. It is then conveyed into a flask, which is heated upon a sand-bath, and thence by a piece of flexible tubing to a tip mounted on a joint allowing vertical and horizontal motion and secured by a standard to the working-table. The flow of air through the tip is regulated by a cock. Upon the tip is fjtstened a small rubber tube, into the free extremity of which is inserted a fine- pointed glass tube. This is provided T*^"' ^ ^ '^ glass with an armature consisting of two steel springs fastened upon opposite sides, and their ends bent at right angles in such a way as to hold the larval skin firmly to the extremity of the tube. The skin having been adjusted upon the fine point of the tube, the bellows is put into operation, and the skin is inflated. A drying apparatus is provided in several ways. A copper plate mounted upon four legs, and heated by an alcohol-lamp placed below, has been advocated by some. A bet- ter arrangement, used by the writer, consists of a small oven heated by the flame of an alcohol-lamp or by jets of natural gas, and pro- 46 Fig. b;. — Drying-oven: /I, lamp ; B, pin to hold door C, door open; D, cover. The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens vided with circular openings of various sizes, into whicii the larva/ skin is introduced (Fig. 63). " A less commendable method of preserving larvae is to place them in alcohol. The larvae should be tied up in sacks of light gauze netting, and a label of tough paper, with the date and locality of capture, and the name, if known, written with a lead- pencil, should be attached to each such little sack. Do not use ink on labels to be immersed, but a hard lead-pencil. Alcoholic specimens are liable to become shriveled and discolored, and are not nearly as valuable as well-inflated and dried skins. Fig. 64. — Drying-oven: a, sliding door; b, lid; c, body of oven with glass sides ; d, opening for inserting inflating-tube; c, copper bottom;/, spirit- lamp; g, base (Riley). " When the skins have been inflated they mav be mounted readily by being placed upon wires wrapped with green silk, or upon annealed aluminium wire. The wires are bent and twisted together for a short distance and then made to diverge. The diverging ends are pressed togetlier, a little shellac is placed upon their tips, and they are then inserted into the opening at the anal 47 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens extremity of the larval skin. Upon the release of pressure they spread apart, and after the shellac has dried the skin is tlrmly held by them. They may then be attached to pins by simply twisting the free end of the wire about the pin, or they may be placed upon artificial imitations of the leaves and twigs of their appropriate food-plants." THE PRESERVATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF COLLECTIONS The secret of preserving collections of lepidoptera in beauti- ful condition is to exclude light, moisture, and insect pests. Light ultimately bleaches many species, moisture leads to mould and mildew, and insect pests devour the specimens. The main thing is therefore to have the receptacles in which the specimens are placed dark and as nearly as possible hermetically sealed and kept in a dry place, hi order to accomplish this, various devices have been resorted to. Boxes. — Boxes for the preservation of specimens are made with a tongue on the edges of the bottom fitting into a groove upon the lid, or they may be made with inside pieces fastened around the inner edge of the bottom and projecting so as to >:^^-/.Vy/ L ;Vx>-^//,J777\ I ^.-V (o/'. i|c( =F=/ /fe^^-- Fig. 65. — Detail drawing of front of box, made to resemble a book: 5, 5, sides, made of two pieces of wood glued together across the grain; /, tongue; g, groove ; c, cork ; p, paper cover- ing the cork. catch the lid. The accompany- ingoutlinesshow the method of joining different forms of boxes (Figs. 65-67). The bottom of the box should be lined with some /j/y///y\i'yyyyA p^ 4 'l'('''t-i'.C)^i'T7:r^ //////b/<^ FiG. 66. — Detail drawing substance of front of box: t, top; h, whirhwillpmhlp bottom; e, side;/, strip, wnicn win enaDle ^^^^^^ ^yo^^x^^. inside as at ;/ ; the specimens to c, cork; p, paper lining. be pinned into it securely. For this purpose sheet-cork about a quarter of an inch thick is to be preferred to all other substances. Ground cork pressed into layers and covered with white paper ' 48 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens is mnnufnctured for the purpose of lininiz boxes. Turf com- pressed into slieets about half an inch thick and covered with paper is used by many Huiopean collectors. Sheets of aloe-pith or of the wood of the yucca, half an inch thick, are used, md the pith of corn-stalks (Indian corn or maize) may also be employed, laid into the box and glued neatly to the bottom. The corn-pith should be cut into pieces about half an inch square and joined together neatly, covering it with thin white paper after the surface has been made quite even and true, (^ork is, however, the best material, for, though more expensive than the other things named, it has greater power to hold the pins, and unless these are securely fixed and held in place great damage . ^'^i ^7— Detail draw- ^ .^ . ing of box, in which (he is sure to result. A loose specnnen in a box tongue, ^^ is made of strips will work incalculable damage. Boxes should «<" />"^ •'^^ '"*« a groove , and fastened as at ;/ ; ^, be made of light, thoroughly seasoned wood, groove to catch tongue; and should be very tight. They are some- ^"' -s *°^' ^"'^ bottom; c, ■; ^ . ' cork. times made so that specimens may be pinned both upon the top and the bottom, but this is not to be commended. The depth of the box should be sufficient to admit of the use of the longest insect-pin in use, and a depth between top and bottom of two and a quarter inches is therefore sufficient. Boxes are sometimes made with backs in imitation of books, and a collection arranged in such boxes presents an attractive external ap- pearance. A very good box is made for the United States Depart- ment of Agriculture and for the Carnegie Muse- um in Pittsburgh (Fig 68). This box is thir- teen inches long, nine inches wide, and three inches thick (external measurement). The depth between the bottom and the lid on the inside is two and one eighth inches. The ends and sides are dovetailed ; the top and bottom are each made of two pieces of light stuff, about one 49 Fig. 68. — Insect-box for preservation of collections. The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens eighth of an inch thick, glued together in such a way that the grain of the two pieces crosses at right angles, and all crack- ing and warping are thus prevented. The lids are secured to the bottoms by brass hooks fitting into eyelets. Such boxes provided with cork do not cost more than fifty-five cents apiece when bought in quantities. Boxes may be made of stout paste- board about one eighth or three sixteenths of an inch thick, with a rabbet-tongue on the inside. Such boxes are much used in France and England, and when well and substantially made are most excellent. Thev may be obtained for about thirty-five cents apiece lined with compressed cork. Cabinets and Drazvers. — Liirge collections which are intended to be frequently consulted are best preserved in cabinets fitted with glass-covered drawers. A great deal of variety exists in the plans which are adopted for the display of specimens in cabinets. Much depends upon the taste and the financial ability of the col- lector. Large sums of money may be expended upon cabinets, but the main thing is to secure the specimens from dust, mould, and insect pests. The point to be observed most carefully is so to arrange the drawers that they are, like the boxes, practically air-tight. The writer employs as the standard size for the draw- ers in his own collection and in the Carnegie Museum a drawer which is twenty-two inches long, sixteen inches wide, and two inches deep (inside measurement). The outside dimensions are: length, twenty-three inches exclusive of face; breadth, seventeen inches ; height, two and three eighths inches. The covers are glazed with double-strength glass. They are held upon the bottoms by a rabbet placed inside of the bottom and nearly reaching the lower surface of the glass on the cover when closed. The drawers are lined upon the bottom with cork five sixteenths of an inch thick, and are papered on the bottom and sides with good linen paper, which does not easily become discolored. Each drawer is faced with cherry and has a knob. These drawers are arranged in cabinets built in sections for convenience in handling. The two lower sections each contain thirty drawers, the upper section nine. The drawers are arranged in three perpendicular series and are made interchangeable, so that any drawer will fit into any place in any one of the cabinets. This is very necessary, as it admits of the easy rearrangement of collections. On the sides of each drawer a pocket is cut on the inner surface, which communicates through ■)0 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens an opening in the rabbet with the interior. The paper linins: the inside is perforated over this opening with a number of small holes. The pocket is kept filled with naphthaline crystals, the fumes of which pass into the interior and tend to keep away pests. The accompanying figure gives the details of construction (Fig. 6q). Such drawers can be made at a cost of about $}.yO apiece, and the cost of a cabinet finished and supplied with them is about $325, made of cherry, finished in imitation of mahogany. Fig. 69. — Detail drawing of drawer for cabinet: e, e, ends; b, bottom; c, cork; p, p, paper strips in corners of lid to exclude dust; g, gj glass of cover, held in place by top strips, 5, 5; m, in, side pieces serving as rabbets on inside; po, pocket in ends and sides, sawn out of tiie wood; x, opening through tiie rabbet into this pocket; y, holes through the paper lining, p', allowing fumes of naphthaline to enter interior of drawer; /, front; k, knob; 0, lunette cut in edge of the top piece to enable the lid to be raised by inserting the fingers. Some persons prefer to have the bottoms as well as the tops of the drawers in their cabinets made of glass. In such cases the specimens are pinned upon narrow strips of wood covered with cork, securely fastened across the inside of the drawers. This arrangement enables the under side of specimens to be examined and compared with as much freedom as the upper side, and with- out removing them from the drawers; but the strips are liable at times to become loosened, and when this happens great havoc is wrought among the specimens if the drawer is moved carelessly. Besides, there is more danger of breakage. Another way of providing a cheap and very sightly lining for the bottom of an insect-box is illustrated in Fig. 70. A frame of wood like a slate-frame is provided, and on both sides paper is stretched. To stretch the paper it ought to be soaked in water before pasting to the frame; then when it dries it is as tight and SFTiooth as a drum-head. 5» The Capture, Prepararion, and Preservation of Specimens The beginner who has not a long purse will do well to preserve his collections in boxes such as have been described. They can be obtained quite cheaply and are most excellent. Cabinets are more or less of a luxury for the amateur, and are only a ne- ^ cessity in the case of great col- lections which are constantly being consulted. The boxes may be arranged upon shelves. Some of the largest and best collections in the world are pre- served in boxes, notably those of the United States National Museum. Labeling.— Each specimen Fig. 70. — y^, y1, side and bottom ot box ; B, frame fitting into box; C, space which must be left between frame and bottom of box; P, P, paper stretched on frame. should have'on the pin below the specimen a small label giving the date of capture, if known, and the locality. Below this should be a label of larger size, giving its sci- entific name, if ascertained, and the sex. Labels should be neat and uni- form in size. A good size for labels for large species is about one inch long and tlve eighths of an inch wide. The labels should be written in a fine but legible hand. Smaller labels may be used for smaller species. A crow- quill pen and India ink are to be pre- ferred in writing labels. A rrangenient of Spec-fjiieiis. —Spe- cimens are best arranged in rows. The males should be pinned in first in the series, after them the females. Varieties should follow the species. After these should be placed any aberrations or monstrosities which the collector may possess. The name of the genus should precede all the species contained in the col' lection, and after each species the specific name should be placed Fig. 71 shows the manner of arrangement. 52 Fig. 71. — Manner of arranging specimens in cabinet. The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens Insect Pests. — \\\ oidcr to preserve collections, great care must be taken to exclude the various loniis ol insect pests, which are likely, unless destroyed and kept troni attacking the specimens, to ruin them utterly in comparatively a short tniie. The pests which are most to be teared are beetles belonging to the gen- era Dennestes and Aiitbrciiiis. In addition to these beetles, which commit their ravages in the larval stage, moths and mites prey upon collections. Moths are very infrequently, however, found in collections of insects, and in a long experience the writer has known only one or two instances in which any damage was indicted upon specimens by the larvae of moths. Mites are much more to be dreaded. In order to prevent the ravages of insects, all specimens, before putting them away into the boxes or drawers of the cabinet in which they are to be preserved, should be placed in a tight box in which chloroform, or, better, carbon bisulphide, in a small pan is put, and they should be left here for at least twenty-four hours, until it is certain that all life is extinct. Then they should be trans- ferred to the tight bo"xes or drawers in which they are to be kept. The presence of insect pests in a collection is generally first indi- cated by tine dust under the specimen, this dust being the excre- ment of the larva which is committing depredations upon the specimen. In case the presence of the larva is detected, a liberal dose of chloroform should at once be administered to the box or tray in which the specimen is contained. The specimen itself ought to be removed, and may be dipped into benzine. Naphthaline crystals or camphor is generally employed to keep out insect pests from boxes. They are very useful to deter the entrance of pests, but when they have once been introduced into a collection neither naph- thaline nor camphor will kill them. Naphthaline is prepared in the form of cones attached to a pin, and these cones may be placed in one corner of the box. They are made by Blake & Co. of Philadelphia, and are in vogue among entomologists. However, a good substitute for the cones may very easily be made by p,^.,^-, _ taking the ordinary moth-balls which are sold every- Naphtnaiinc where. By heating a pin red-hot in the flame of an alcohol-lamp it may be thrust into the moth-ball; as it enters it melts the naphthaline, which immediately afterward cools and 53 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens holds the pin securely tlxed in the moth-bnll. In attaching these pins to moth-balls, hold the pin securely in a forceps while heat- ing it in the flame of the lamp, and thrust the red-hot pin into the center of the ball. Naphthaline crystals and camphor may be se- cured in the corner of the box by tying up a quantity of them in a small piece of netting and pinning the little bag thus made in the corner of the tray. By following these directions insect pests may be kept out of collections. It is proper to observe that while car- bon bisulphide is more useful even than chloroform in killing pests, and is also cheaper, it should be used with great care, be- cause when mixed with atmospheric air it is highly explosive, and its use should never take place where there are lamps burn- ing or where there is fire. Besides, its odor is extremely unpleas- ant, unless it has been washed in mercury. Greasy Specimens. —Specimens occasionally become greasy. When this happens they may be cleansed by pinning them down on a piece of cork secured to the bottom of a closed vessel, and gently filling it with benzine, refined gasoline, or ether. After leaving them long enough to remove all the grease they may be taken out of the bath and allowed to dry in a place where there is no dust. This operation should not take place near a lighted lamp or a fire. Mould.— V\/ hen specimens have become mouldy or mildewed it is best to burn them up if they can be spared. If not, after they have been thoroughly dried remove the mould with a sable or camel's-hair pencil which has been rubbed in carbolic acid (crys- tals liquefied by heat). Mildew in a cabinet is hard to eradicate, and heat, even to burning, is about the only cure, except the mild use of carbolic acid in the way suggested. Repairing Specimens.— Tom and ragged specimens are to be preferred to none at all. " The half of a loaf is better than no bread." Until the torn specimen can be replaced by a better, it is always well to retain it in a collection. But it is sometimes possible to repair torn specimens in such a way as to make them more presentable. If an antenna, for instance, has been broken off, it may be replaced neatly, so that only a microscopic exami- nation will disclose the fact that it was once away from the place where it belonged. If a wmg has been slit, the rent may be mended so neatly that only a very careful observer can detect the fact. If a piece has been torn out of a wing, it may be replaced S4 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens by the corresponding portion of the wing of another specimen of the same sex of the same species in such a way as ahiiost to defy detection. The prime requisites for this work are patience, a steady hand, a good eye, a great deal of "gumption," a few set- ting-needles, a jewelers forceps, and a little shellac dissolved in alcohol. The shellac used in replacing a missing antenna should be of a thickish consistency; in repairing wings it should be well thinned down with alcohol. In handling broken antennae it is best to use a fine sable pencil, which may be moistened very lightly by applying it to the tip of the tongue. With this it is possible to pick up a loose antenna and place it wherever it is de- sired. Apply the shellac to the torn edges of a broken wing with great delicacy of touch and in very small quantity. Avoid put- ting on the adhesive material in "gobs and slathers." Repairing is a fine art, which is only learned after some patient experimen- tation, and is only to be practised when absolutely necessary. The habit of some dealers of patching up broken specimens with parts taken from other species is highly to be reprobated. Such specimens are more or less caricatures of the real thing, and no truly scientific man will admit such scarecrows into his collection, except under dire compulsion. Packing and Forivardiiig Specimens. — \i often becomes neces- sary to forward specimens from one place to another. If it is in- tended to ship specimens which have been mounted upon pins they should be securely pinned in a box lined with cork. A great many expanded specimens may be pinned in a box by resorting to the method knovvn as "shingling," which is illustrated in Fig. 73. By causing the wings of specimens to over- lap, as is shown in the figure, a great many can be accommodated in a small space. When the specimens have been packed the box should be securely closed, its edges shut with paper, after some drops of chloroform have been poured into the box, and then this p^^ , _BL,tte,tiie.^ box should be placed in an outer box con- pinned into a box over- taining exceisior, hay, cotton, or loose shav- l.'Egled " '""^''''' °' ings in sufficient abundance to prevent the jarring of the inner box and consequent breakage. Where speci- mens are forwarded in envelopes, having been collected in the S5 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens field, and are not pinned, the precaution of surrounding them with packing such as has been described is not necessary, but the box in which they are shipped should always be strong enough to resist breakage. Things forwarded by mail or by express always receive rough treatment, and the writer has lost many fine specimens which have been forwarded to him because the shipper was careless in packing. Pms. — \nthe preceding pages frequent reference has been made to insect-pins. These are pins which are made longer and thinner than is the case with ordinary pins, and are therefore adaptable to the special use to which they are put. There are a number of makers whose pins have come into vogue. What are known as Karlsbader and Kliiger pins, made in Germany, are the most widely used. They are made of ordinary pin-metal in various sizes. The Karlsbader pins have very fine points, but, owing to the fineness of the points and the softness of the metal, they are very apt to buckle, or turn up at the points. The Klager pins are not exposed to the same objection, as the points are not quite so fine. The best pins, however, which are now made are those which have re- cently been introduced by Messrs. Kirby, Beard, & Co. of England. They are made of soft steel, lacquered, possessing very great Fig. 74. — Butterfly-forceps, half-size. strength and considerable flexibility. The finest-sized pin of this make has as much strength as the largest pin of the other makes that have been mentioned, and the writer has never known them to buckle at the tip, even when pinned through the hardest insect tissues. While these pms are a little more expensive than others, the writer does not fail to give them an unqualified preference. The Forceps. — An instrument which is almost indispensable to the student of entomology is the forceps. There are many forms of forceps, and it is not necessary to speak at length in reference to the various shapes; but for the use of the student of but- terflies the forceps made by the firm of Blake & Co. of Phila- S6 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens dclphia is to be pivfcnvci to all others. The head ol this linn is himself a famous entomologist, and he has given us in the forceps which is illustrated in Fig. 74 an instrument which comes as near perfection as the art of the maker of instruments can pro- duce. The small forceps represented in Fig. 7s is very useful in pinning small specimens. In handling mounted specimens it Insect-forceps. is well always to take hold of the pin below the specimen with the forceps, and insert it into the cork by the pressure of the for- ceps. If the attempt is made to pin down a specimen with the naked fingers holding the pin by the head, the finger is apt to slip and the specimen to be ruined. IMMORTALITY A butterfly basked on a baby's grave, Where a lily had chanced to grow: " Why art tiiou here with tiiy gaudy dye, When she of the blue and sparkling eye Must sleep in the churchyard low ? " Then it lightly soared thro' tiie sunny air, And spoke from its shining track : " I was a worm till I won my wings, And she, whom thou mourn'st, like a seraph sings; Would'st thou call the blest one back ? " SlGOURNEY. •57 CHAPTER III THE CLASSIFICATION OF BUTTERFLIES "Winged flowers, or flying gems." Moore. At the base of all truly scientific knowledge lies the principle of order. There have been some who have gone so far as to say that science is merely the orderly arrangement of facts. While such a definition is defective, it is nevertheless true that no real knowledge of any branch of science is attained until its relation- ship to other branches of human knowledge is learned, and until a classification of the facts of which it treats has been made. When a science treats of things, it is necessary that these things should become the subject of investigation, until at last their re- lation to one another, and the whole class of things to which they belong, has been discovered. Men who devote themselves to the discovery of the relation of things and to their orderly clas- sification are known as systematists. The great leader in this work was the immortal Linnseus, the "Father of Natural History," as he has been called. Upon the foundation laid by him in his work entitled "Systema Naturse," or " The System of Nature," all who have followed after him have labored, and the result has been the rise of the great modern sci- ences of botany and zoology, which treat respectively of the vegetable and animal kingdoms. The Place of Butterflies in the Animal Kingdom.— The animal kingdom, for purposes of classification, has been subdivided into various groups known as subkingdoms. One of these subking- doms contains those animals which, being without vertebrae, or an internal skeleton, have an external skeleton, composed of a series of horny rings, attached to which are various organs. This 58 Explanation of Plate VI Reproduced with the kind permission of Dr. S. H. Scudder, from "The ButUrfli« of New England," vol. iii, Plate 85. Chrysalids in Color and in Outline— Papilionin/e and Hesperiid/€ Dorsal view. Dorsal view. Dorsal view. 1. Papilio turuus. 2. Papilio tiiniiis. 3. Papilio til I'll us. 4. Papilio turn us. 5. Papilio ti'oiliis. 6. Papilio troilus. 7. Papilio troilus. 8. Papilio crespbontes. 9. Papilio crespbontes, 10. Papilio crespbontes. 1 1 . Papilio ajax. 12. Papilio ajax. Dorsal view. 13. Papilio asterias. 14. Papilio pbileiior. 15. Papilio pbilciior. 16. Papilio pbilei/or. 1 7. Papilio pbileiior. 18. Papilio asterias. 19. Papilio asterias. 20. Papilio pbileiior. 21. Acbalariis Ijycidas. 22. Epargvreus titj'rus. 23. Eudainus proteiis. From the original by Abbot in the British Museum. 24. Tboiybesbatbj'llus. From the original by Abbot in the British Museum. 25. Epargyreus tityrus. 26. Epargyreus tityrus. 27. Tbanaos icelus. 28. Tboryhes pylades. 29. Pbolisora cat nil us. From the origi- nal by Abbot in the British Museum. Dorsal view. Dorsal view. Dorsal view. 30. 3«- 32. 34- 35- 36. 37- 38. 39- 40. 41. 42. 4v 44. 45- 46. 47- 48. Tbanaos lucilius. Tbanaos lucilius. Dorsal view. Tbanaos lucilius. Tbanaos jitvcnalis. Tbanaos persius. Hesperia montivaga. From the origi- nal by Abbot in the British Mu- seum. Pbolisora catullus. Tbanaos martialis. From the origi- nal by Abbot in the British Mu- seum. From the original Dr. Boisduval's li- From the origi- Tbanaos hri^o. by Abbot in brary. Hylepbila pbyhvus. nal by Abbot in Dr. Boisduval'^ library. ^iiiblyscirtes vialis. Pbolisora catullus. Tbymelicus erfna. From the original by Abbot in Dr. Boisduval's library. Atalopcdes buron. Liinocbores taiimas. Ainblyscirtes samoset. After the ori- ginal by Abbot in the British Mu- seum. Lerema accius. After the original by Abbot in Boston Society of Natural History. Atalopedes buron, Calpodes ethlitis. The ButtcRfly Book. Plate VI. The Classification of Butterflies subKingdom is known by naturalists under the name of the Arthro- poJii. The word ^rtbropoJii is derived (Yoni the Greek language, and is compounded of two words, apdpov [artbron), meaning w joint, and irak (pons), meaning :\ foot. The ArtbropOiia seem at first sight to be made up of jointed rings and feet; hence the name. The subkingdom of the ArtbropoJa is again subdivided into six classes. These are the following: Class I. The CnisfaceLi (Shrimps, Crabs, Water-fleas, etc.). Class II, The POifostoiiuitii (King-crabs, Trilobites [fossil], etc.). Class III. The MalacopOiia {Pcripatiis, a curious genus of worm-like creatures, found in the tropics, and allied to the Myria- pods in some important respects). Class IV. The Myn'apoda (Centipedes, etc.). Class V. The Aracbiiida (Spiders, Mites, etc.). Class VI. The Insecta (Insects). That branch of zoology which treats of insects is known as entomology. The Insecta have been variously subdivided by diflferent scien- tific writers, but the following subdivision has much in it to com- mend it, and will suffice as an outline for the guidance of the advanced student. Class VI. Insecta (Insects PRorER) Heterometabola For tile most part undergoing only a partial niclnmorphosis in llic development from the egg to the imago. orders 1. ThvscTinira. Suborders : _^ Collciiibohi (Podura, Springtails), Syiiiphj'la (Scolopcndrella). Cintira (Bristletails, etc.). 2. Dennatoptera (Earwigs). 3. Psciidoiieitroptcra. Suborders : Mallophaga (Bird-lice). -Plalyptcra (Stone-flies, Termites, etc.). Odotula (Dragon-flies, etc.). Ephemeriua (M.ay-flics, etc.). 4. Neuroplcra (Corydalis, Ant-lion, Caddis-flies, etc.). 5. Ortkoptera (Cockroach, Mantis, Mole-cricket, Grasshopper, Katydid, etc.). 59 The Classification of Butterflies 6. Hemiptera. Suborders: Parcisita (Lice). Sternorhriicha (Aphids, Mealy Bugs, etc.). Hoiiwptera (Cicada, Tree-hoppers, etc.). Heteroptera {R.2indX\2i, Belostoma, Water-spiders, Squash-bugs, Bedbugs, etc.) 7. Coleoptera. Suborders : Ciyptotetramera (Lady-birds, etc.). Ciyptopentamera (Leaf-beetles, Longhorns, Weevils, etc.). Heteromera (Blister-beetles, Meal-beetles, etc.). Peiitamcra (Fire-flies, Skipjacks, June-bugs, Dung-beetles, Stag-beetles, Rove-beetles, Tiger-beetles, etc.) Metabola Undergoing for the most part a complete metamorphosis from egg, through larva and pupa, to imago. ORDERS 8. Aphaniptera (Fleas). 9. Diptera. Suborders : OrthoihaphaiHtsshn Flies, Buffalo-gnats, Mosquitos, Crane-flies, Horse-flies). Cyclorhapha (Syrphus, Bot-flies, Tsetse, House-flies, etc.). 10. Lepidoptera. Suborders : Rhopalocera (Butterflies). Heterocera (Motiis). 1 1 . Hymenoptera. Suborders : Terehrantia (Saw-flies, Gall-was;~s, Llii;cumon-flies, etc.). Aciilcata (Ants, Cuckoo-flies, Digger-wasps, True Wasps, Bees). It will be seen by glancing at the foregoing table that the butterflies and moths are 'included as suborders in the tenth group of the list, to which is applied the name Lepidoptera. This word, like most other scientific words, is derived from the Greek, and is compounded of the noun Xs-m's {lepis), which sig- nifies a scale, and the noun -rrspov [pteron), which signifies a iii'iig. The butterflies and moths together constitute the order of scale-winged insects. The appropriateness of this name will no doubt be at once recognized by every reader, who, having perhaps unintentionally rubbed off some of the minute scales which clothe the wings of a butterfly, has taken the trouble to examine them under a microscope, or who has attentively read what has been 60 The Classification of Butterflies said upon this subject in the nrst chapter of this book. By re- ferring again to the classillcation which has been given, it will be noted that the last four orders in the list agree in that the crea- tures included within them undergo for the most part what is known as a complete metamorphosis; that is to say, they pass through four successive stages of development, existing llrst as eggs, then as worm-like larvte, or caterpillars, then as pupci?, and finally as perfect, fully developed insects, gifted for the most part with the power of tlight, and capable of reproducing their kind. All of this has been to some extent already elucidated in the first chapter of the present volume, but it may be well to remind the reader of these facts at this point. A question which is frequently asked by those who are not familiar with the subject relates to the manner in which it is possible to distinguish between moths and butterflies. A partial answer can be made in the light of the habits of the two classes of lepidoptera. Butterflies are diurnal in their habits, tlying be- tween sunrise and dusk, and very rarely taking the wing at night. This habit is so universal that these insects are frequently called by entomologists "the diurnal lepidoptera," or are simply spoken of as " diurnals." It is, however, true that many species of moths are also diurnal in their habits, though the great majority of them are nocturnal, or crepuscular, that is, flying at the dusk of the evening, or in the twilight of the early morning. Upon the basis of mere habit, then, we are able only to obtain a partial clue to the distinction between the two suborders. A more definite distinc- tion is based upon struc- ture, and specifically upon the structure of the an- tennse. Butterflies have long, thread-like antennae, provided with a swelling at the extremity, giving them a somewhat club- shaped appearance (Fig. 76). This form of an- tennae is very unusual among the moths, and only occurs in a few rare genera, found in tropical countries, which seem to represent connecting-links between the butterflies and the moths. All the true moths which are found within the limits of the United 61 Flu. 76. — Anlciiiia: of biittertlics. The Classification ol Butterflies Fig. 77.— Antennae of moths. States and Canada have antennae which are not club-shaped, but are of various other forms. Some moths have thread-like antennse tapering to a fine point; others have feather-shaped antennse; others still have an- tennae which are prismatic in form, and provided with a little hook, or spur, at the end; and there are many modifications and variations of these forms. The club- shaped form of the antennse of butterflies has led naturalists to call them Rhopalocera, as has been already explained in speaking of this subject on page 17. Moths are called Heterocera. The word Heterocera is compounded of the Greek word sVspov {heteron), mean- ing other, and the Greek word xipag [keras), meaning a horn. They are lepidoptera which have antennae which are other than club- shaped. Besides the distinctions which exist in the matter of the form of the antennae, there are distinctions in the veins of the wings, and in the manner of carrying them when at rest or in flight, which are quite characteristic of the two groups; but all of these things the attentive student will quickly learn for himself by ob'servation. Scientific Arrangement. — Wx^xng thus cast a passing glance at the differences which exist between moths and butterflies, we take up the question of the subdivision of the butterflies into natural groups. Various systems of arranging butterflies have been suggested from time to time by learned writers, and for a knowledge of these systems the student may consult works which treat of them at length. It is sufficient for beginners, for whom this book is principally written, to observe that in modern science, for purposes of convenience, as well as from regard for essential truth, all individuals are looked upon as belonging to a species. A species includes all those individuals, which have a common ancestry, and are so related in form and structure as to be manifestly separable from all other similarly constituted as- semblages of individuals. For instance, all the large cats having a tawny skin, and in the male a shaggy mane, constitute a spe- cies, which we call the lion ; the eagles in the eastern United States, 62 The Classification of Butterflies which in adult plumage have a snow-white head and neck and a white tail, constitute a species, which we know as the " white- headed " or " bald-headed " eagle. Species may then be grouped together, and those which are manifestly closely rehited to one an- other are regarded as forming a natural assemblage of species, to which we give the name of a oyhiis. For example, all the large cats, such as the lion, the tiger, the puma, and the jaguar, are grouped together by naturalists, and form a genus to which is given the Latin name Fc/is, meaning < pleasant, self-imposed tasks, drinking in health at every step. 79 SUBFAMILY EUPLCEIN/E (THE MILKWEED BUTTERFLIES) " " Lazily flying Over the flower-decked prairies, West; Basking in sunshine till daylight is dying, And resting all night on Asclepias' breast; loyously dancing, Merrily prancing. Chasing his lady-love high in the air, Fluttering gaily, Frolicking daily. Free from anxiety, sorrow, and care! " C. V. Riley. Bufferjfy. — Large butterflies; head large; the antennae inserted on the summit, stout, naked, that is to say, not covered with scales, the club long and not broad; palpi stout; the thorax some- what compressed, with the top arched. The abdomen is mod- erately stout, bearing on the eighth segment, on either side, in the case of the male, clasps which are quite conspicuous. The fore wings are greatly produced at the apex and more or less excavated about the middle of the outer border; the hind wings are rounded and generally much smaller than the fore wings; the outer mar- gin is regular, without tails, and the inner margin is sometimes channeled so as to enfold the abdomen. The fore legs are greatly atrophied in the male, less so in the female; these atro- phied legs are not provided with claws, but on the other legs the claws are well developed. Egg.— The eggs are ovate conical, broadly flattened at the base and slightly truncated at the top, with many longitudinal ribs and transverse cross-ridges (see Fig. 4). Caterpillar.— On emerging from the chrysalis the head is not larger than the body ; the body has a few scattered hairs on each ' 80 Explanation of Plate VII Anosia and Basilarchia I. /tnosia plexippus, Linnaeus, J*. 3. ylnosia bcrenice,vax.strigcsa,^ni&s, f t. /Inosia berenice, Cramer, rj>. 4. Basilarchia disippus, Godart, (^. 5. Basilarchia hulsti, Edwards, ^. Hhk Butterfly Book Plate Vll OPYSIGMTED BY W. J. HOLLAND, 1898 Euplceinae (the Milkweed Butterflies) seprment. On iv;ichin^ luatiiiily tlu- hcaci is siii;ill, the body lar.tre, cylindrical, without hair, and conspicuously banded with dark stripes upon a lighter ground, and on some of the segments there are generally erect fleshy processes of considerable length (see Fig. i6). The caterpillars feed upon different species of the milk- weed {Asiiepias). Chrysalis.— The chrysalis is relatively short and thick, rounded, with very few projections, tapers very rapidly over the posterior part of the abdomen, and is suspended by a long cremaster from a button of silk (see Fig. 24). The chrysalis is frequently orna- mented with golden or silver spots. This subfamily reaches its largest development in the tropical regions of Asia. Only one genus is represented in our fauna, the genus Anosia. Genus ANOSIA, Hubner 5////^r^)'.— Large-sized butterflies; fore wings long, greatly produced at the apex, having a triangular outline, the outer mar- gin approximately as long as the inner margm; the costal border is regularly bowed; the outer border is slightly exca- vated, the outer angle rounded ; the hind wings are well rounded, the costal border projecting just at the base, the inner mar- gin likewise projecting at the base and depressed so as to form a channel clasp- ing the abdomen. On the edge of the first median nervule of the male, about its middle, there is a scent-pouch covered with scales. £^^. — The egg is ovate conical, ribbed perpendicularly with many raised cross- lines between the ridges. The eggs are pale green in color. Caterpillar.— 'X\\Q. caterpillar is cylin- drical, fleshy, transversely wrinkled, and has on the second tho- racic and eighth abdominal segment pairs of very long and slender fleshy filaments; the body is ornamented by dark bands upon a greenish-yellow ground-color; the filaments are black. 81 Fig. 78.— Neumtion of geiiiui Aiiosia. the Genus Anosia Cbrysal/s.— The chrysalis is stout, cylindrical, rapidly taper- ing on the abdomen, and is suspended from a button of silk by a long cremaster. The color of the chrysalis is pale green, orna- mented with golden spots. The larvae of the genus Anosia feed for the most part upon the varieties of milkweed {Asclepias), and they are therefore called "milkweed butterflies." There are two species of the genus found in our fauna, oxiq, Anosia plexipptis, Linnaeus, which is distributed over the entire continent as far north as southern Canada, and the other, Anosia berenice, Cramer, which is con- fined to the extreme southwestern portions of the United States, being found in Texas and Arizona. (i) Anosia plexippus, Linnaeus, Plate VII, Fig. i, 5 (The Monarch). Butterfly.— The upper surface of the wings of this butterfly is bright reddish, with the borders and veins broadly black, with two rows of white spots on the outer borders and two rows of pale spots of moderately large size across the apex of the fore wings. The males have the wings less broadly bordered with black than the females, and on the first median nervule of the hind wings there is a black scent-pouch. £^^. — The egg is ovate conical, and is well represented in Fig. 4 in the introductory chapter of this book. Caterpillar.— The caterpillar is bright yellow or greenish-yel- low, banded with shining black, and furnished with black fleshy thread-like appendages before and behind. It likewise is well delineated in Fig. i6, as well as in Plate III, Fig. 5. ' Chrysalis.— The chrysalis is about an inch in length, pale green, spotted with gold (see Fig. 24, and Plate IV, Figs. 1-3). The butterfly is believed to be polygoneutic, that is to say, many broods are produced annually; and it is believed by writers that with the advent of cold weather these butterflies migrate to the South, the chrysalids and caterpillars which may be un- developed at the time of the frosts are destroyed, and that when these insects reappear, as they do every summer, they represent a wave of migration coming northward from the warmer regions of the Gulf States. It is not believed that any of them hibernate in any stage of their existence. This insect sometimes appears in great swarms on the eastern and southern coasts of New Jersey in late autumn. The swarms pressing 82 Genus Anosia southward are arrested by the ocean. The writer has seen stunted trees on the New Jersey coast in the middle of October, when the foliage has already fallen, so completely covered with clinging masses of these butterflies as to present the appearance of trees in full leaf (Fig. 79), Fig. 70.— Swarms of milkweed butterflies resting on a tree. Photographed at night by Professor C. F. Nachtrieb. (From " Insect Life," vol. v, p. 200, by special permission of the United States Department of Agriculture.") This buttertly is a great migrant, and within quite recent yeais, with Yankee instinct, has crossed the Pacific, probably on mer- chant vessels, the chrysalids being possibly concealed in bales of hay, and has found lodgment in Australia, where it has greatly multiplied in the warmer parts of the Island Continent, and has thence spread northward and westward, until in its migrations it has reached Java and Sumatra, and long ago took possession of 8? Genus Anosia the Philippines. Moving eastward on tL. lines of travel, it has established a more or less precarious foothold for itself in southern England, as many as two or three dozen of these butter- flies having been taken in a single year in the United Kingdom. It is well established at the Cape Verde Islands, and in a short time we may expect to hear of it as having taken possession of the continent of Africa, in which the family of plants upon which the caterpillars feed is well represented. (2) Anosia berenice, Cramer, Plate VII, Fig. 2, 6 (The Queen). This butterfly is smaller than the Monarch, and the ground- color of the wings is a livid brown. The markings are some- what similar to those in ^4. plexippiis, but the black borders of the hind wings are relatively wider, and the light spots on the apex of the fore wings are whiter and differently located, as may be learned from the figures given in Plate VII. There is a variety of this species, which has been called Anosia strigosa by H. W. Bates (Plate VII, Fig. 3, 3 ), which differs only in that on the upper surface of the hind wings the veins as far as the black outer margin are narrowly edged with grayish-white, giving them a streaked appearance. This insect is found in Texas, Arizona, and southern New Mexico. All of the Euploeinse are " protected " insects, being by nature provided with secretions which are distasteful to birds and pre- daceous insects. These acrid secretions are probably due to the character of the plants upon which the caterpillars feed, for many of them eat plants which are more or less rank, and some of them even poisonous to the higher orders of animals. Enjoying on this account immunity from attack, they have all, in the process of time, been mimicked by species in other genera which have not the same immunity. This protective resemblance is well il- lustrated m Plate VII. The three upper figures in the plate repre- sent, as we have seen, species of the genus Anosia; the two lower figures represent two species of the genus Basilarchia. Fig. 4 is the male of B. disippus, a very common species in the northern United States, which mimicks the Monarch. Fig. 3 represents the same sex of B. hulstii, a species which is found in Arizona, and there flies in company with the Queen, and its variety, A. strigosa, which latter it more nearly resembles. 84 SUBFAMILY ITHOMIIN/E (THE LONG-WINGS) " There be Infects with little homes proaking out before their eyes, but weak and tender they be, and good for nothing; as the Butterflies."— Pliny, I'HiLtMON Holland's Translation. Butterfly.— lh\s subfamily is composed for the most part of species of moderate size, though a few are quite large. The fore wings are invariably greatly lengthened and are generally at least twice as long as broad. The hind wings are relatively small, rounded, and without tails. The wings in many of the gent-ra are transparent. The extremity of the abdomen in both sexes extends far beyond the margin of the hind wings, but in the fe- male not so much as in the male. The antennae are not clothed with scales, and are very long and slender, with the club also long and slender, gradually thickening to the tip, which is often droop- ing. The fore legs are greatly atrophied in the males, the tibia and tarsi in this sex being reduced to a minute knob-like ap- pendage, but being more strongly developed in the females. The life-history of none of the species reputed to be found in our fauna has been carefully worked out. The larvne are smooth, cov- ered in most genera with longitudinal rows of conical prominences. The chrysalids are said to show a likeness to those of the Euplceinae, being short, thick, and marked with golden spots. Some authors are inclined to view this subfamily as merely con- stituting a section of the Euplccinx. The insects are, however, so widely unlike the true Eupla'inx that it seems well to keep them separate in our system of classification. In appearance they approach the Heliconians more nearly than the EupUrids. Itho- miid butterflies swarm in the tropics of the New World, and sev- eral hundreds of species are known to inhabit the hot lands of Central and South America. But one genua is found in the Old World, Hamadiyas, confined to the Australian region. They arc 85 Ithomiinae (the Long-wings) protected like the Euploeids and the Heliconians. In flight the} are said to somewhat resemble the dragon-flies of the genus Agrion, their narrow wings, greatly elongated bodies, and slow, flitting motion recalling these insects, which are known by school- boys as "darning-needles." Three genera are said to be represented in the extreme south- western portion of the United States. I myself have never re- ceived specimens of any of them which indisputably came from localities within our limits, and no such specimens are found in the great collection of Mr. W. H. Edwards, which is now in my possession. A paratype of Reakirt's species, MechaniUs califor- iiica, is contained in the collection of Theodore L. Mead, which I also possess. Mr. Mead obtained it from Herman Strecker of Reading, Pennsylvania. Reakirt gives Los Angeles as the locality from which his type came ; but whether he was right in this is open to question, inasmuch, so far as is known, the species has not been found in that neighborhood since described by Reakirt. Genus MECHANITIS, Fabricius ^z///^;;^'. — Butterflies of moderate size, with the fore wings greatly produced, the inner margin bowed out just beyond the base, and deeply excavated between this projection and the inner angle. The lower discocellular vein in the hind wings is apparently continuous with the median vein, and the lower radial vein being parallel with the median nervules, the median vein has in consequence the ap- pearance of being four-branched. The submedian vein of the fore wings is forked at the base. The costal margin of the hind wings is clothed with tufted erect hairs in the male sex. The ^ore ^ „ ,, . , legs of the male are greatly atrophrt. Fig. 8o.— Neuration of the ^^ , . , ^, ^-y ■ ■, ■ . , genus MechaniUs. The letters the tarsi and the tibia being fused anc refer to the names of the veins, reduced to a small knob-like appendage. (See Fif 40 ) rr & The fore legs of the female are also greatly reduced, but the tarsi and tibia are still recognizable as slender, thread-like organs. 86 Genus Mechanitis The caterpillars are smooth, cylindrical, ornamented with rows of shorL fleshy p"»rojections. The chrysalids are short and stout, suspended, and marked with golden spots. There are numerous species belonging to this genus, all natives of tropical America. The only species said to be found within the limits of the United States occurs, if at all, in southern Cali- fornia. It is, however, probably only found in the lower penin- sula of California, which is Mexican territory. No examples from Upper California are known to the writer. (i) Mechanitis californica, Reakirt, Plate VIII, Fig. 2, S (The Californian Long-wing). The original description given by Reakirt in the " Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia," vol. v, p. 223, is as follows: " Expanse, 2.45-2. 56 inches. Fore wing above, brownish-black ; a basal streak over the median nervure, and two rounded spots near the inner angle, orange-tawny; of these the outer is the largest, sometimes the inner is yellow, and sometimes both are nearly obsolete; a spot across the cell near its termination, much narrower than in M. istbmia, and in one example reduced to a mere dot on the median nervure; a more or less interrupted belt across the wing from the costa to near the middle of the outer margin, and an oblong subapical spot, yellow; in the specimen just mentioned there is an additional yellow spot below the medio-central veinlet. " Beneath the same, suffused with orange-tawny at the base and the inner angle, with a row of eight or nine submarginal white spots along the outer margin. " Hind wing above, orange-tawny, with a broad mesial band, entire, and a narrow outer border, from the middle of the costa to the anal angle, brownish-black. " Beneath the same, a yellow spot on the root of the wing; a band runs along the subcostal nervure from the base to the mar- gin, where it is somewhat dilated; immediately below its termina- tion, a mark in the form of an irregular figure 2, usually with the upper part inordinately enlarged; between this and the base, on the central line of the band above, three small subtriangular spots; all these markings blackish-brown; a submarginal row of seven white spots on the outer margin. ^ 87 Genus Ceratinia "Body brownish; wing-lappets and thorax spotted with tawny-orange; antennae yellowish, with the base dusky. " Had. — Los Angeles, California." The species is probably only a local race of the insect known to naturalists as M. polymnia, Linnaeus, as Reakirt himself admits. The figure in the plate is from one of Reakirt's paratypes. Genus CERATINIA, Fabricius 5?///^/^. —Butterflies of medium size, very closely related in structure to the butterflies of the genus Mecbaiiitis. The pecu- liarity of this genus, by which it may be distinguished from others belong- |uR ing to this subfamily, is the fact that the lower discocellular vein in the hind wing of the male sex is strongly in- angled, while in the genus Mecbaiii- tis it is the middle discocellular vein of the hind wing which is bent in- wardly. Early Stages. — Unknots/ n for the most part. There are at least fifty species be- longing to this genus found in the tropical regions of America; only one FiG.Si.-Neuration of the genus is Said to occur Occasionally within the Ceratinia. (For explanation ot limits of the region covered by this lettering, see Fig. 40.) , ^' s, ^ ) volume. (i) Ceratinia lycaste, Fabricius, Plate VllI, Fig. 3, S (Lycaste). Biif/erjly. — The butterfly is rather small, wings semi-transpar- ent, especially at the apex of the fore wings. The ground-color is pale reddish-orange, with the border black. There are a few irregular black spots on the discal area of the fore wings, and a row of minute white spots on the outer border. There is a black band on the middle of the hind wings, curved to correspond some- what with the outline of the outer border. The markings on the under side are paler. The variety negreta, which is represented in the plate, has a small black spot at the end of the cell of the hind wings, replacing the black band in the form common upon the Isthmus of Panama, S3 Explanation of Plate VIII 1. Dirceinia kltigi, Hubner, (^. 5. Heliconius charHonius, L\nn3eus,(^. 2. Mechanitis cali/ornica, Reak\rt, (^. 6. Colctnis j'ulia, Fabridus, f^. 3. Ceratinia lycastc, Fabricius, (^. 7. Dione vaniUce, Linnaeus, (^. 4. Colcenis delila, Fabricius, (^. 8. Etiptoieta hcgesia, Cramer, (^. 9, Etiptoieta claudia, Cramer, 1^. TuF. l;r I 1 i.!-i LY Hook P 1. A 7 r. VIII. LAND, 1898 ^ Oenus Dircenna Ea rly Stages. — Unknown, Reakirt says that this butterfly occurs about Los Anfjeles, in California, and the statement has been repeated by numerous authors, who have apparently based their assertions upon Reakirt's report. 1 have no personal knowledge of the occurrence of the species within our borders. It is very abundant, however, in the warmer parts of Mexico and Central America, and it may possibly occur as a stracfcfler within tlie United States. Genus DIRCENNA, Doubleday 5////d'/;/7r.— Medium-sized butterflies, for the most part with quite transparent wings. The most characteristic features of this genus, separating it from its near allies, are the thread-like front feet of the fe- males, furnished with four-jointed tarsi (Fig.83), the very hairy palpi, and the wide cell of the hind wing, abruptly terminat- ing about the middle of the wing. Furthermoi"e, in the male sex the hind wing is strongly bowed out about Fig. 83.— the middle of the costal Fore leg of , , , ^ , . D I re i' II II ii margin, and the costal vein kiugH, 9 tends to coalesce with the g^H^tiy mag- subcostal about the middle. Early Stages. — Very little is as yet known about the early stages of these ie genus jpsects, and what has been said of the characteristics of the caterpillars and chrysalids of the subfamily of the ithomiince must suffice us here. This genus numbers a large array of species which are found in the hottest parts of the tropics of the New World. They fairly swarm in wooded paths amid the jungle of the Amazonian region, and no collection, however small, is ever received from those parts without containing specimens belonging to the group. (i) Dircenna klugii, HObner, Plate VIM, Fig. i, S (Klug's Dircenna). Biitter/}\'. — Fore wings transparent gray, broken by clear, trans- 89 Fig. 82.— Neuration of thf Diiceiuia. Genus Dircenna i parent, colorless spots at the apex, on the outer borders, and on \he middle of the wing. The inner margin of the fore wing s black. The hind wings are transparent yellowish, with a narrow black outer border marked with small whitish spots. The body is black, with the thorax spotted with white. Expanse, 2.75 inches. The specimen figured in the plate is from Mexico. Whether the insect has ever been taken within the limits of the United States is uncertain. It is another of the species attributed to our fauna by Reakirt, but which since his day has not been caught in the nets of any of the numerous butterfly-hunters who have searched the region in which he said it occurs. It may, however, be found upon the borders of Mexico, in the hotter parts of which country it is not at all uncommon. The "gentle reader" will kindly look for it when visiting Brownsville, Texas, and southern California, and, when finding it, herald the fact to the entomological world. SUPERSTITIONS " If a butterfly alights upon your head, it foretells good news from a distance. This superstition obtains in Pennsylvania and Maryland. " The first butterfly seen in the summer brings good luck to him who catches it. This notion prevails in New York. " In western Pennsylvania it is believed that if the chrysalids of butterflies be found suspended mostly on the under sides of rails, limbs, etc., as it were to protect them from rain, there will soon be much rain, or, as it is termed, a 'rainy spell '; but, on the contrary, if they are found on twigs and slender branches, that the weather will be dry and clear." — Frank Cowan, Curious History 0/ Insects, p. 229. QO SUBFAMILY HELICONIIN.^ (THE HELICONIANS) " Men, like butterflies, Show not tiieir mealy wings but to the biimmcr." Shakesi'Earr, Troiliis ciiid CiissiiLi, act lii, sc. iii Medium or large-sized butterflies, with the fore wings twice as long as they are broad; the hind wings relatively small and rounded upon the outer margin; without tails. The palpi are produced. The antennae, which are nearly as long as the body, are provided at the tip with a gradually tapering club, thicker and stouter than in the Ithomiinaj, and are clotned with scales on the upper surface. The fore legs are very feebly developed in both sexes. The eggs are cylindrical, twice as high as wide, tapering rather abruptly toward the apex, which is truncated ; they are ribbed longi- tudmally, with strongly developed cross- ridges, giving the egg a somewhat pitted appearance. The caterpillar, when emerg- ing from the egg, has the head somewhat larger than the body; each segment is clothed with hairs, which upon the first moult are replaced by branching spines. The caterpillar, when it reaches maturity, is provided with six branching spines on each segment. The chrysalis is very pecu- liar in shape, and is strongly angulated and covered with curious projections, which cause it to somewhat resemble a shriveled leaf. These butterflies are extremely numerous in the tropics of the New World, and are there represented by a number of genera which are rich in species. Most of them are very gaily colored, the preva- lent tints being black banded with yellow or crimson, sometimes marked with a brilliant blue luster. They are evidently very strongly protected. Belt, in his "Naturalist in Nicaragua," tells 91 Fig. 84.— Neuration of the genus Hiiiconitis. Heliconiinae (the Heliconlans) US that birds and other animals observeu by him invariably re- fused to eat these butterflies, although they swarm in the forests; and he vainly endeavored to induce a monkey which was very fond of insects to eat them, the creature revealing by his grimaces that they were extremely distasteful to him. Mr. Wallace believes their immunity from attack is owing to a " strong, pungent, semi- aromatic, or medicinal odor, which seems to pervade all the juices of their system." Genus HELICONIUS, Latreille The description of the subfamily applies to the genus sufficiently well to obviate the necessity of a more particular description, as there is but a single species in our fauna. (i) Heliconius charitonius, Linnaeus, Plate VllI, Fig. 5, $ (The Yellow-barred Heliconian; The Zebra). This insect is a deep black, the fore wings crossed by three bands of yellow: one near the apex; another running from the middle of the costa to the middle of the outer margin; a third running along the lower edge of the cell, and bending at an obtuse angle from the point where the first median nervule branches toward the outer angle, at its outer extremity followed by a small yellow dot. The hind wings are crossed by a some- what broad band of yellow running from the inner margin near the base toward the outer angle, which it does not reach, and by a submarginal curved band of paler yellow spots, gradually diminishing in size from the inner margin toward the outer angle. There are also a number of small twinned whitish spots on the margin of the hind wing near the anal angle. The body is black, marked with yellow spots and lines; on the under side both wings are touched with crimson at their base, and the hind wings have some pale pinkish markings near the outer angle. The caterpillar feeds upon the passion-flower. The chrysalis, which is dark brown, has the power when disturbed of emitting a creaking sound as it wriggles about, a property which is re- ported to be characteristic of all the insects in the genus. This butterfly is found in the hotter portions of the Gulf States, and is rather abundant in Florida, in the region of the Indian River and on the head waters of the St. Johns. It ranges southward all over the lowlands of Mexico, Central America, and the Antilles. 92 SUBFAMILY NYMPHALIN/E (THE NYMPHS) " Entomology extends the limits of being in new directions, so that 1 walk in nature with a sense of greater space and freedom, it suggests, besides, that the universe is not rough-hewn, but perfect in its details. Nature will bear the closest inspection; she invites us to lay our eye level witli the smallest leaf and take an insect view of its plane." — Thoreau. " My butterfly-net and pocket magnifying-glass are rare companions for a walk in the country." — William Hamilton Gmsori, Sl.mrp Eft's, p. 117. Butterfly. — The butterflies of this subfamily are mainly of moderate or large size, though some of the genera contain quite small species. The antennae are always more or less heavily clothed with scales, and are usually as long as the abdomen, and in a few cases even longer. The club is always well developed ; it is usually long, but in some genera is short and stout. The palpi are short and stout, densely clothed with scales and hairs. The thorax is relatively stout, in some genera exceedingly so. The fore wings are relatively broad, the length being to the breadth in most cases in the ratio of 5 to 3, or 3 to 2, though in a few mimetic forms these wings are greatly produced, and narrow, patterning after the outline of the Heliconians and Ithomiids, which they mimic. The fore wings are in most genera produced at the apex, and more or less strongly excavated on the outer margin below the apex. The discoidal cell is usually less than half the length of the wing from base to tip. It is occasionally open, but is more generally closed at its outer extremity by discocellular veins diminishing in thickness from the upper to the lower outer angle of the cell. The costal nervure usually terminates midway between the end of the cell and the tip. The two inner subcostal nervules usually arise before the end of the cell; the outer sub- costal nervules invariably arise beyond the end of the cell. The hind wings are rounded or angulated, with the outer 93 Nymphalinae (the Nymphs) border scalloped or tailed; the inner border always affords a channel for the reception of the abdomen. The costal nervule invariably terminates at the external angle of this wing. The discoidal cell is frequently open, or simply closed by a slender veinlet, which it is not always easy to detect; the anal vein is never lacking. The fore legs are greatly reduced in the male, less so in the female. E^g. — The tgg is either somewhat globular, or else barrel- shaped, with the sides marked with net-like elevations, or verti- cally ribbed (see Figs, i, 8, lo). Caterpillar. — When first emerging from the egg the caterpillar is generally furnished with long hairs rising singly from wart-like ele- vations which are arranged e'.ther in longitudinal rows or in geo- metric patterns (Fig. 85). As the caterpillars pass their successive moults the hairs are transformed into branching spines or tubercles (see Plate 111, Figs. 28-38). Chrysalis. — The chrys- alis invariably hangs sus- pended from a button of silk, and is frequently furnished, especially on the dorsal or upper surface, with a number of prominences; the head is usually bifurcate, or cleft (see Plate IV, Figs. 2\, 39, etc.). This is the largest of all the subfamilies of the butterflies, and is widely distributed, including many of the most beautifully colored and most vigorous species which are known. There are twenty-six genera represented in our fauna^ containing about one hundred and seventy species. Fig. 85. — Caterpillar of Vanessa aiifiopa, just hatched. (Greatly magnified.) (.'^fter Sciidder.) Genus COLiENIS, Doubleday Butterfly. — Butterflies of moderately large size, the fore wings greatly produced and relatively narrow; the hind wings evenly rounded and relatively small, of bright reddish-brown color, with darker markings. The species are mimics, and in the elongation of their wings reveal the influence of the Heliconians, 94 Genus Colaenis protected species, which abound in the regions in which the genus attains its greatest development. The median vein in the upper wing is characterized by the presence at the base of a minute, thorn-like, external projection; the second subcostal nervule is emitted beyond the cell; the cell of the hind wing is open. The life-history of the two species found within our fauna has not as yet been carefully worked out, and aside from a knowledge of the fact that the caterpillars closely resemble in many respects the caterpillars of the two succeeding genera, being provided with branch- ing spines on their bodies, we do not know as yet enough to give any complete account of the earlv stages of these insects. (1) Colsenis iulia, Fabricius, Plate VllI, ^ ., ., ^ ' "* ' ' ' Fig. bo. — Neura- Fig. 6, 6 (Julia). tion of the .^enus Co- ^The upper side is dark reddish-orange, the f;'"'^'' /''S'^^ly '^^^^ ^ ^ ^ ' than natural size. borders are black, a black band extends from the costa at the end of the cell to the outer margin on the line of the third median nervule; the costal area on the hind wings is silver-gray; the wings on the under side are pale rusty-red, mot- tled with a few darker spots, principally on the costa, at the end of the cell, and at the apex of the primaries. There are a few crimson marks at the base of the hind wings, and two light-colored lunules near the inner angle of the hind wings. Expanse of wing, 3.50 inches. This butterfly, which mimics the genus Helicouiiis in the out- line of the wings, is very common in the tropics of America, and only appears as an occasional visitant in southern Texas. (2) Colaenis delila, Fabricius, Plate Vlll, Fig. 4, S (Delila). The Delila BuUerlly very closely resembles Julia, and princi- pally differs in being paler in color and without the black band extending from the costa to the outer margin of the primaries. This species has nearly the same form and the same size as the preceding, and, like it, is occasionally found in southern Texas. It is very common in Central America and the West Indies. One of the earliest memories of my childhood relates to a collection of Jamaican butterflies in which were a number of specimens of this butterfly, which I have always much admired. 95 Genus Dione Genus DIONE, Hiibner (Agraulis, Boisd.-Lec.) Butterfly. — He^d large, the antennae moderately long, with /he club flattened; the tip of the abdomen does not extend beyond the inner margin of the hind wings; the cell of the hind wings is open; the primaries are elongated, nearly twice as long as broad, with the exterior margin excavated; the secondaries at the outer margin denticulate. The prevalent color of the upper side of the wings is fulvous, adorned with black spots and lines, the under side of the wings paler brown, in some of the species laved with pink and brilliantly adorned with large silvery spots, as in the genus Argynnis. Egg. — Conoidal, truncated on top, with fourteen ribs running from the apex to the base, between which are rows of elevated striae, causing the surface to appear to be covered with quadrangular pits. Larva. — The caterpillar is cylindrical in its mature stage, tapering a little from the middle toward the head, which is some- what smaller than the body. The head and Fig. 87.— Neuration of the each segment of the body are adorned with genus Dioiic. , , . branchmg spines. CJjry satis. — The chrysalis is suspended, and has on the dorsal surface of the abdomen a number of small projections. At the point where the abdominal and thoracic segments unite on the dorsal side there is a deep depression, succeeded on the middle of the thorax by a rounded elevation composed of the wing-cases. At the vertex of the chrysalis there is a conical projection; on the ventral side the chrysalis is bowed outwardly. This genus is confined to the New World, and contains five species. It is closely related to the genus Cota'ii/s on the one hand and to the genus Argyiinis on the other. It is distinguished from Coto'ins by the more robust structure of the palpi, which closely approximate in form the palpi of the genus Argyniiis. It is distinguished from the species of the genus Argynms by the form of the wings and by the open cell of the secondaries. The larva feeds upon the different species of the genus Passiflora. q6 Genus Dione I cannot at ill agree with those who have recently classed this butterlly with the Heliconians. In spite of certain resemblances in the early stages between the insect we are considering and the early stages of some of the Heliconians. and in spite of the shape of the wings, which are remarkably elongated, there are structural peculiarities enough to compel us to keep this insect in the ranks of the Nymphalina;, where it has been placed for sixty years by very competent and critical observers. In a popu- lar work like this it manifestly is out of place to enter into a lengthy discussion of a question of this character, but it seems proper to call attention to the fact that in the judgment of the writer the location of this genus in the preceding subfamily does violence to obvious anatomical facts. (i) Dione vanillae, Linnreus, Plate Vlll, Fig. 7, S (The Gulf Fritillary). Butterfly. — The upper side is bright fulvous; the veins on the fore wings are black, very heavy near the tip; there are four black spots on the outer border, and three discal spots of the same color; there are three irregular black spots toward the end of the cell, pupiled with white; the hind wings have a black border inclosing rounded spots of the ground-color; between the base and the outer margin there are three or four black spots; the under side of the fore wings is light orange, the markings of the upper side showing through upon the under side; the apex of the front wing is brown, inclosing light silvery spots; the sec- ondaries are brown, with numerous elongated bright silver spots and patches. The female does not differ from the male, except that she is darker and the markings are heavier. Expanse, 2.50 -3.25 inches. Caterpillar. — The caterpillar is cylindrical, with the head somewhat smaller than the body, pale yellowish-brown in color, marked with longitudinal dark-brown bands, of which the two upon the side are deeper in color than the one upon the back, which latter is sometimes almost entirely effaced; the base is slaty-black. There are orange spots about the spiracles. There are six rows of black branching spines upon the body, and two similar spines upon the head, these latter somewhat recurved. The feet and legs are black. The caterpillar feeds upon the various species of passion-flower which are found in the South- ern States. 97 Genus Euptoieta Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is dark brown, marked with a few small pale spots. This species ranges from the latitude of southern Virginia southward to Arizona and California. It is abundant also in the Antilles and Mexico. Genus EUPTOIETA, Doubleday Butterfly. — Butterflies of medium size, having wings of a yellowish-brown color, marked with black, the under side of the wings devoid of silvery spots such as are found in the gen- era Dioiie and Argynnis. The palpi have the second joint strongly developed, increas- ing in thickness from behind forward, and thickly covered with long hair; the third joint is very small and pointed; the antennae are ter- minated by a conspicuous pear-shaped club. The cell of the fore wing is closed by a very feeble lower discocellular vein, which unites with the median vein at the origin of the second median nervule; the cell of the hind wing is open, Fig. 88.— Neura- though Occasionally there are traces of a feebly V-°1,*^^^'^'^ ^^""^ developed lower discocellular vein on this wing. The outer margin of the fore wing is slightly ex- cavated below the apex ; the outer margin of the hind wing is some- what strongly produced at the end of the third median nervule. Egg. — Short, subconical, with from thirty to forty vertical ribs, pale green in color. Caterpillar. — 'The caterpillar is cylindrical, with short branch- ing spines arranged in longitudinal rows upon the body, the spines on the first segment being bent forward over the head. The head is somewhat smaller in the mature stage than the body. Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is suspended, marked upon its dorsal side with a number of small angular eminences, with the head and the ventral side evenly rounded. The larva of these insects feeds upon the various species of passion-flower. It is also said to feed upon violets. The butter- flies frequent open fields, and are sometimes exceedingly abun- dant in worn-out lands in the Southern States. There are two species of this genus, both of which are found 98 Genus Euptoieta within the United States, and range southwardly over the greater portion of Central and South America. (i) Euptoieta claudia, Cramer, Plate Vili, Fig. 9, 6 (The Variegated Fritillary). Bittterjly. — The upper side of both wings is dull ferruginous, darker toward the base, crossed by an irregular black median line, which is darker, broader, and more zigzag on the fore wing than on the hind wing. This line is followed outwardly on both wings by a pair of more or less wavy limbal lines, inclosing between them a series of round blackish spots. The outer mar- gin is black, with the fringes pale fulvous, checkered with black at the end of each nervule. At the end of the cell in the fore wing there are two black lines inclosing paler fulvous spots, and both wings near the base have some curved black lines. On the under side the fore wings are marked somewhat as on the upper side, but paler in color, with a large apical patch of brownish- gray broken by a transverse band of darker brown. The hind wings are dark brown, with the markings of the upper side obscurely repeated ; they are mottled with gray and crossed by a broad central band of pale butf. The species varies very much, according to locality, both in size and in the depth of the markings. Expanse, 1.75-2.75 inches. E^S- — The tgg is conoidal, relatively taller than the eggs of the genus Argyiinis, which closely resemble it. There is a depression at the apex, surrounded by a serrated rim, formed by the ends of the vertical ribs, of which there are about twenty, some longer and some shorter, about half of them reaching from the apex to the base. Between these vertical ribs there are a multitude of smaller cross-ridges. Caterpillar. — The caterpillar is cylindrical, reddish-yellow in color, marked with two brown lateral bands and a series of white spots upon the back. There are six rows of short branching spines upon the body, which are black in color; the two upper- most of these spines on the first segment are much elongated and are directed forward. The head is smaller than the body in the mature caterpillar, and is black. On the under side the cater- pillar is pale or whitish; the legs are blackish-brown. It feeds upon the passion-flower. Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is pearly-white, marked with black spots and longitudinal streaks, 99 Genus Euptoieta This species has been taken as far north as Long Island and Connecticut, though it is a very rare visitant in New England; it is quite common in Virginia and thence southward, and occurs not infrequently in southern Illinois and Indiana, ranging west- ward and southward over the entire continent to the Isthmus of Panama, and thence extending over the South American conti- nent, wherever favorable conditions occur. (2) Euptoieta hegesia, Cramer, Plate VIII, Fig. 8, 6 (The Mexican Fritillary). The upper side is marked very much as in the preceding species, but all the lines are finer and somewhat more regular, and the basal and discal areas of the hind wings are without dark spots in most specimens. The under side is less mottled and more uniformly dark rusty-brown than in E. claiidia. Expanse, about 2 inches. The life-history of this species has not as yet been thoroughly worked out, but there is every reason to believe that the insect in its early stages very closely approaches the Variegated Frit- illary. It is a Southern form, and only occasionally is taken in Arizona and southern California. It is common in Central and South America. LUTHER'S SADDEST EXPERIENCE " Luther, he was persecuted, Excommunicated, hooted, Disappointed, egged, and booted ; Yelled at by minutest boys, Waked up by nocturnal noise, Scratched and torn by fiendish cats, Highwayed by voracious rats. " Oft upon his locks so hoary Water fell from upper story ; Oft a turnip or potato Struck upon his back or pate, Oh ! And wherever he betook him, A papal bull was sure to iiook him. " But the saddest of all I am forced to relate: Of a diet of worms He was forced to partake — Of a diet of worms For tile Protestants' sake ; Munching crawling caterpillars. Beetles mixed with moths and millers; instead of butter, on his bread, A sauce of butterflies was spread. Was not this a iiorrid feast For a Christian and a priest? " Now, if you do not credit me. Consult D'Aubigne's history. You '11 find what 1 have told you Most fearfully and sternly true." Yale Literary Magazine, \^^2. 100 Explanation of Plate IX ;. /Irgyiinis diana, Cramer, (^. 2. Argynnis diaiui, Cramer, $ . 3- Argynnis cybele, Fabricius, (^. 4. /Irgynnis cybele, Fabricius, ^. 5. /Ifgyn)iis leto, Behr, (^. 6. A rg funis leto, Behr, 9- Tkb Butte k I- 1, y Book Plate IX UPYR.UHTEjO aT W J -iov^^mO, »89e. Genus Argynnis Genus ARGYNNIS, Fabricius (The Fritillaries, the Silver-spots) "July is the gala-time of" Inittertlics. Most of them have just left the chrysalis, and their wings are perfect and very fVesii in color. All the sunny places are bright with them, yellow and red and white and brown, and great gorgeous fellows in ricli velvet-like dresses of" blue-black, orange, green, and maroon. Some of them have tiieir wings scalloped, some fringed, and some plain; and they are ornamented with brilliant borders and fawn-colored spots and rows of silver crescents. . . . They circle about the flowers, fly across from field to field, aiul rise swiftly in tlie air; little ones and big ones, common ones and rare ones, but all briglit and airy and joyous — a midsummer carnival of butterflies." — Fkank H. Swert. Butterfly. — Butterllies of inediuiii or lai'o^e size, generally with the upper surface of the wings reddish-fulvous, with well- defined black markings consisting of waved transverse lines, and rounded discal and sagittate black inark- ings near the outer borders. On the under side of the wings the design of the fore wings is generally somewhat indistinctly repeated, and the hind wings are marked more or less profusely with large silvery spots. In a few cases there is wide dissimilarity in color be- tween the male and the female sex; gener- ally the male sex is tnarked by the brighter red of the upper surface, and the female by the broader black markings, the paler ground- color, and the sometimes almost white lunules, which are arranged outwardly at the base of the sagittate spots along the border. The eyes are naked; the palpi strongly developed, heavily clothed with hair rising above the front, with the last joint very small and pointed. The antennae are moderately long, with a well-defined, flattened club. The abdomen is shorter than the hind wings; the wings are more or less denticulate. The subcostal vein is provided with live nervules, of which the two innermost are invariably given forth before the end of the cell; the third subcostal nervtile always is nearer the fourth than the second. The cell of the fore wing is closed by a fine lower discocellular vein, which invariably joins the median vein beyond the origin of the second 101 Fig. 89. — Neuration of the genus Aigj'iinis. Genus Argynnis nervule. The hind wing has a well-defined precostal nervule; the cell in this wing is closed by a moderately thick lower disco- cellular vein, which joins the median exactly at the origin of the second median nervule. The fore feet of the males are slender, long, and finely clothed with hair. The fore feet of the females are of the same size as those of the males, but thin, covered with scales, and only on the inner side of the tibic-e clothed with mod- erately long hair. Egg.— The eggs are conoidal, truncated, and inwardly de- pressed at the apex, rounded at the base, and ornamented on the sides by parallel raised ridges, not all of which reach the apex. Between these ridges there are a number of small raised cross- ridges. Caterpillar. — The caterpillar is cylindrical, covered with spines, the first segment always bearing a pair of spines somewhat longer than the others. All of the species in North America, so far as their habits are known, feed upon violets at night. During the daytime the caterpillars lie concealed. Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is angular, adorned with more or less prominent projections. The head is bifid. The genus Argynnis is one of the largest genera of the brush- footed butterflies. It is well represented in Europe and in the temperate regions of Asia, some magnificent species being found in the Himalayas and in China and Japan. It even extends to Australia, and recently two species have been discovered in the vicinity of the great volcanic peak, Kilima-Njaro, in Africa. But it has found its greatest development upon the continent of North America. The species composing this genus are among our most beautiful butterflies. Owing to the fact that there is a great ten- dency in many of the forms closely to approximate one another, the accurate distinction of many of the species has troubled natural- ists, and it is quite probable that some of the so-called species will ultimately be discovered to be merely local races or varietal forms. The species that are found in the eastern part of the United States have been studied very carefully, and their life-history has been worked out so thoroughly that little difficulty is found in accu- rately determining them. The greatest perplexity occurs in con- nection with those species which are found in the region of the Rocky Mountains. While silvery spots are characteristic of the under side of most of the fritillaries, in some species the silvery 102 Genus Argynnis spots are not found ; in others they are more or less evanescent, occurring in the case of some individuals, and being absent in the case of otheis. (i) Argynnis idalia, Drury, Plate X, Fig. }, ? ; Plate V, Fig. 4, chrysalis (The Regal Fritillary). Biitterjly. — The upper side of the fore wings of the male is bright fulvous, marked very much as in other species of the genus. The upper side of the hind wings is black, glossed with blue, having a marginal row of fulvous and a submarginal row of cream-colored spots. On the under side the fore wings are ful- vous, with a marginal row of silver crescents, and some silvery spots on and near the costa. The hind wings are dark olive-brown, marked with three rows of large irregular spots of a dull greenish- silvery color. The female is at once distinguished from the male by having the marginal row of spots on the hind wings cream- colored, like the submarginal row, and by the presence of a similar row of light spots on the fore wings. Expanse, 2.75- 4.00 inches. Egg. — The egg in form is like those of other species of Argv)niis. Caterpillar. — The caterpillar moults five times before attaining to maturity. When fully developed it is 1.75 inches long, black, banded and striped with ochreous and orange-red, and adorned with six rows of tleshy spines surmounted by several black bristles. The spines composing the two dorsal rows are white, tipped with black; those on the sides black, tinted with orange at the point where they join the body. The caterpillar feeds on violets, and is nocturnal in its habits. Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is brown, mottled with yellow and tinted on the wing-cases with pinkish. It is about an inch long, and in outline does not depart from the other species of the genus. This exceedingly beautiful insect ranges from Maine to Ne- braska. It is found in northern New Jersey, the mountainous parts of New York and northern Pennsylvania, and is reported from Arkansas and Nebraska. It is rathei local, and frequents open spots on the borders of woodlands. At times it is appa- rently :om ncn, ard then for a succession of seasons is scarce. It flies from ihc e'ld of June to the beginning of Seotember. (2) Argynnis diana, Cramer, Plate iX, Fig. 1, 6 \ Fig. 2, $ (Diana). 103 Genus Argynnis Butterfly. — The male on the upper side has both wings deep rich brown, bordered with fulvous, this border being more or less interrupted by rays of brown along the nervules and two rows of circular brown spots, larger on the fore wings than on the hind wings. The wings on the under side are pale buff, deeply marked with black on the base and middle of the fore wings, and clouded with grayish-fulvous on the inner two thirds of the hind wings. A blue spot is located near the end of the cell in the fore wings, and the hind wings are adorned by a mar- ginal and submarginal row of narrow silvery crescents and a few silvery spots toward the base. The female on the upper side is a rich bluish-black, with the outer border of the fore wings marked by three rows of bluish-white quadrate spots, the outer row being the palest, and often quite white. The hind wings are adorned by three more or less complete rows of bright-blue spots, the inner row composed of large subquadrate spots, each having a circular spot of black at its inner extremity. On the under side the female has the ground-color slaty-brown, paler on the hind wings than on the fore wings, which latter are richly marked with blue and black spots. The silvery crescents found on the under side of the hind wings of the male reappear on the under side of the female, and are most conspicuous on the outer margins. Expanse, 3.25-4.00 inches. Egg. — The egg is pale greenish-white, and conformed in out- line to type. Caterpillar. — The larva is velvety-black; adorned with six rows of fleshy spines armed with bristles. The spines are orange-red at the base. The head is dull brown. Cljrysalis. — The chrysalis is dusky-brown, with lighter-col- ored short projections on the dorsal side. This splendid butterfly, which is the most magnificent species of the genus, is confined to the southern portion of the Appala- chian region, occurring in the two Virginias and Carolinas, north- ern Georgia, Tennessee, and Kentucky, and being occasionally found in the southern portion of Ohio and Indiana, and in Mis- souri and Arkansas. (3) Argynnis nokomis, Edwards, Plate X, Fig. i, 5 ; Fig. 2, ? (Nokomis). Butterfly. — The male on the upper side is bright fulvous, with the characteristic black markings of the genus. On the under 104 Explanation of Plate X 1. /irgynnis nokomis, Edwards, (^. 6. Argynnis alcestis, Edwards, c?, 2. Argynnis nokomis, Edwards, 9- under side. 3. A i gf nnis idalia, Drury, $. 7. Argyiniis bremueri, Edwards, (^. 4 Argynnis nevadensis, Edwards, J^, 8. Argynnis electa, Edwards, (^. under side. 9. Argynnis atlantis, Edwards, (^. 5. Argynnis montivaga, Behr, ^, under side. The Butterfly Book Pla I e X. tRiGMTEO Or A. J. MOLLASO. 1698. Genus Argynnis side the wings are pale greenish-yellow, with the fore wings laved with bright pink at the base and on the inner margin. The spots of the upper side reappear on the under side as spots of silver bordered narrowly with bl.ick. The female has the ground-color of the upper side yellow, shaded outwardly with fulvous. All the dark markings of the male sex reappear in this sex, but are much broader, and tend to fuse and run into one another, so as to leave the yellow ground-color as small subquad- rate or circular spots, and wholly to obliterate them at the base of the wings. On the under side this sex is marked like the male, but with all the markings broader. Expanse, 3.40-3.60 inches. This species, the male of which resembles the male of A. leto, and the female the same sex of A. ciiaiia, is as yet quite rare in collections. It has been taken in Arizona and southern Utah. We have no knowledge of the life-history of the species. (4) Argynnis nitocris, Hdwards, Plate XllI, Fig. 4, 6, under side (Nitocris). Butterfly. — The male is bright reddish-fulvous, marked like A. nokomis. The under side of the fore wings is cinnamon-red, ochre-yellow at the tip. The hind wings are deep rusty-red, with a broad yellowish-red submarginal belt. The silver spots are as in A. uohoiuis. The female on the upper side is blackish- brown, darker than A. nokomis. The extradiscal spots in the transverse rows are pale yellow, and the submarginal spots whitish. The under side of the fore wings is bright red, with the tip yellow. The hind wings on this side are dark brown, with a submarginal yellow belt. Expanse, 3.25-3.75 inches. This species, like the preceding, is from Arizona, and nothing is known of its egg, caterpillar, or chrysalis. (5) Argynnis leto, Edwards, Plate IX, Fig. 5, S ; Fig. 6, $ (Leto). Butterfly. — The male on the upper side is marked much as A. nokomis, but the ground-color is duller red, and the basal area is much darker. The under side of the fore wings is pale fulvous, upon which the markings of the upper side reappear; but there are no marginal silver crescents. Both wings on the under side are shaded with brown toward the base; the hind wings are trav- ersed by a submarginal band of light straw-yellow. The female is marked as the male, but the ground-color is pale straw-yellow, and all the darker markings are deep blackish-brown, those 105 Genus Argynnis at the base of both wings being broad and running into one an- other, so that the inner half of the wings appears to be broadly brownish-black. On the under side this sex is marked as the male, but with the dark portions blacker and the lighter portions pale yellow. Expanse, 2.50-3.23 inches. The life-history of this insect remains to be worked out. It is one of our most beautiful species, and occurs in California and Oregon. (6) Argynnis cybele, Fabricius, Plate IX, Fig. 3, S ', Fig. 4, $ ; Plate XIII, Fig. 1, ?, itiiJer side; Plate V, Figs. 1-3, chrys- alis (The Great Spangled Fritillary). Butterfly. — The male is much like the male oi A. leto, but the dark markings of the upper surface are heavier, and the under sides of the hind wings are more heavily silvered. The yellow- ish-buff submarginal band on the under side of the hind wings is never obliterated by being invaded by the darker ferruginous of the marginal and discal tracts of the wing. The female has the ground-color of the wings paler than the male, and both wings from the base to the angled median band on the upper side are dark chocolate-brown. All the markings of the upper side in this sex are heavier than in the male. On the under side the fe- male is like the male. Expanse, 3.00-4.00 inches. Egg. — Short, conoidal, ribbed like those of other species, and honey-yellow. Caterpillar. — The larva in the mature state is black. The head is blackish, shaded with chestnut behind. The body is orna- mented with six rows of shining black branching spines, gen- erally marked with orange-red at their base. The caterpillar, which is nocturnal, feeds on violets, hibernating immediately after being hatched from the egg, and feeding to maturity in the following spring. Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is dark brown, mottled with reddish- brown or slaty-gray. This species, which ranges over the Atlantic States and the valley of the Mississippi as f^ir as the plains of Nebraska, appears to be single-brooded in the North and double-brooded in Vir- ginia, the Carolinas, and the Western States having the same geographical latitude. A small variety of this species, called A. carpenteri by Mr. W. H. Edwards, is found in New Mexico upon the top of Taos Peak, and is believed to be isolated here in 106 Genus Argynnis a colony, as CFiieis seiiihiea is isolated upon the summit of Mount Washington. Specimens of ry/h'/e much like those of this New Mexican variety are found in eastern Maine and Nova Scotia, and on the hii(h mountains of North Carolina. (7) Argynnis aphrodite, Fabricius, Plate XIV, Fig. 11, ?, iiiuicr siJc; Plate V, Fig. 3, cbiysalis (Aphrodite). Biifterjly. — This species closely resembles nih'/e, but is gen- erally smaller, and the yellow submarginal band on the hind wings is narrower than in cybele, and often wholly wanting, the hind wings being broadly brown, particularly in the female se.x. The under side of the fore wings at the base and on the inner margin is also brighter red. The caterpillar, chrysalis, and egg of this species closely re- semble those of cybele The caterpillar has, however, a velvety- black spot at the base of each spine, the chrysalis has the tubercles on the back shorter than in cybele, and the basal seg- ments are partv-colored, and not uniformly colored as in cybele. (8) Argynnis cipris. Edwards, Plate Xll, Fig. 3, 6 ; Fig. 4, $ (The New Mexican Silver-spot). Biitlerjly. — This species, which belongs to the Aphrodite- group, may be distinguished by the fact that the fore wings are relatively longer and narrower than in aphrodite. The black markings on the upper side of the wings in both sexes are nar- rower, the dusky clouding at the base of the wings is less pro- nounced, and the ground-color is brighter reddish-fulvous than in aphrodite. On the under side the fore wings lack in the male the pinkish shade at the base and on the inner margin which appears in aphrodite, and both the male and the female have the inner two thirds of the hind wings deep cinnamon-red, with only a very narrow buff submarginal band, deeply invaded on the side of the base by rays of the deeper brown color of the inner portion of the wing. Expanse, 2.7S-3. 15 inches. The insect flies from late June to the end of August. Caterpillar, etc. — We know nothing of the larval stages oi this insect. The specimens contained in the Edwards collection came from Colorado, Utah, and New Mexico, and these localities approximately represent the range of the species. (9) Argynnis alcestis, Edwards, Plate X. Fig. 6, -5. under side (The Ruddy Silver-spot). Btitterjiy. — Very much like aphrodite, from which it may be 107 Genus Argynnis most easily distinguished by the fact that the hind wings a.e uniformly dark cinnamon-brown, without any band of buff on the outer margin. Expanse, 2.50-3.00 inches. The insect flies from late June to the end of August. Egg. — Greenish, conoidal, with about eighteen vertical ribs. Caterpillar. — Head black, yellowish behind. The body vel- vety-black, ornamented with black spines which are yellowish at their basal ends. The caterpillar feeds on violets. Chrysalis. — Reddish-brown or gray, irregularly mottled and striped with black, the abdominal segments slaty-gray, marked with black on the edges where the short angular projections are located. This butterfly is found in the Western States, extending from the prairie lands of northwestern Ohio to Montana. It largely replaces aphrodite in these regions. (10) Argynnis nausicaa, Edwards, Plate XI,. Fig. 9, 3 (The Arizona Silver-spot). Butterfly. — The species is related to the foregoing, but is rather smaller in size. The upper side of the wings is dusky feddish-brown, with the characteristic markings of the genus. On the under side the fore wings are pink, laved with buff at the tip. The hind wings on this side are deep cinnamon-brown, mottled with buff on the inner two thirds ; a narrow but clearly defined submarginal band of bright yellowish-buff surrounds them. The silvery spots are clearly marked. The female has the black markings broader and more conspicuous than the male. Expanse, 2.25-2.50 inches. This insect is quite common in the mountain valleys of Ari- zona, at an elevation of from six to seven thousand feet above the level of the sea, and flies in July and August. We have no knowledge of the early stages, but it probably does not differ greatly in its larval state from the allied species of the genus. (11) Argynnis atlantis, Edwards, Plate X, Fig. 9, 6 ] Plate V, Fig. 6, chrysalis (The Mountain Silver-spot). Butterfly. — This insect, which resembles aphrodite, is distin- guished from that species by its smaller size, its somewhat nar- rower wings, the deeper brown color of the base of the wings on the upper side, and their darker color on the under side. The submarginal band is pale yellow, narrow, but distinct and always present Expanse, 2.50 inches. 108 Explanation of Plate XI 1. /irgj'ii Ill's cctllippe, Boisduval, (J*. 6. /trgynnis rhodope, Edwards, 9» 2. y4rgynnis callippe, Boisduval, 9- under side. 3- Argynnis callippe, Boisduval, (^, 7. Argynms biscboffi, Edwards, (^. under side. 8. Argynuis conieUa, Edwards, (^. 4. Argynuis edwardsi, Reakirt, cjf. 9. Argynnis naiisicaa, Edwards, (^. 5. A rgynnis edwardsi, Reakirt, 9- 'O- Argynnis coronis, Behr, (^. 1 1 . Argynnis coronis, Behr, 9 • rHE BUTTERKLV BoOK Plate XI. 'tRiGMTeO eY W. J. HOLLAND, 189B. Genus Argynnis Egg. — Conoidal, with twelve to fourteen ribs, lujiiev-yellow The caterpilLirs are hatched in the fall, and hibernate without feed- ing until the following spring. Caterpillar. — The head is dark blackish-biown. The body is velvety-purple above, a little paler on the under side. The usual spines occur on the body, and are black, grayish at the base. The larva feeds on violets. Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is light brovvn, speckled, except on the abdominal segments, with black. This species ranges from Maine to the mountains of western Pennsylvania, and thence southward along the central ridges of the Alleghanies into West Virginia. It is also found in Canada, and extends westward into the region of the Rocky Mountains. It is especially common in the White Mountains of New Hamp- shire and the Adirondacks. (12) Argynnis lais, Edwards, Plate XiV, Fig. !2, 5 ; Fig. 13, $ (The Northwestern Silver-spot). Butterfly. — The male is bright reddish-fulvous on the upper side, slightly obscured by fuscous at the base. The discal band of spots common to both wings is broken and irregular, and the spots on the hind wings are quite small. The fore wings on the under side are buff at the tips and pale red at the base and on the inner margin, lighter at the inner angle. The under side of the hind wings as far as the outer margin of the discal row of silvery spots is dark brown, mottling a yellowish ground. The submarginal band of the hind wings is pale yellow and moder- ately broad. The female is marked much as the male, but the discal band of spots on the upper side of the fore wings is con- fluent and broader, the fringes whitish, and the spots included between the sagittate marginal spots and the marginal lines paler than in the male sex. Expanse, 2.00-2 20 inches. Caterpillar, etc. — The early stages are unknown. This species is found in the territories of Alberta and Assini- boia, and in British Columbia among the foot-hills and the lower slopes of the mountain-ranges (13) Argynnis oweni, Edwards, Plate Xll. Fig. 5, 6 ; Fig. 6, , under side (Owen's Silver-spot). Butterfly, 6 . — The wings on the upper side are dull reddish- fulvous, not much obscured with brown on the base, the black markings moderately heavy, the two marginal lines lending to 109 Oenus Argynnis flow together. The fore wings on the under side are yellowish- buff from the base to the outer row of spots, or in some specimens with the buff lightly laved with reddish; the nerves reddish- brown. The subapical patch is dark brown, with a small sil- vered spot; the five submarginal spots are small and obscurely silvered. The hind wings are dark brown on the discal area and outer margin, with a rather narrow grayish-buff submarginal band, strongly invaded by projections of the dark brown of the discal area. The spots of the outer discal row are generally well silvered; the inner spots less so in most cases. ?. — The female has the wings more or less mottled with yellowish outside of the mesial band. The black markings are very heavy in this sex. On the under side the spots are well silvered. The dark markings on the upper side of the wings of the male are much heavier than in A. behreiisi. On the under side of the wings in both sexes it may be distinguished from behrensi by the fact that the ground-color toward the base is mottled with yellow, and not solid brown as in behrensi. Expanse, 2.25-2.40 inches. This species abounds on Mount Shasta, in California, at an elevation of seven to eight thousand feet above sea-level. (14) Argynnis cornelia, Edwards, Plate XI, Fig. 8, S (Miss Owen's Fritillary). Butterfly, 6 . — The upper side of both wings is dark-brown from the base to the mesial band of spots, with the exception of the outer end of the cell. The space beyond the band is reddish- fulvous; the dark markings are not very heavy; the two mar- ginal lines are fine, and confluent at the ends of the nervules. The under side of the fore wings is reddish-brown from the base to the outer margin on the inner half of the wing; the outer spaces toward the apex are yellowish; the subapical patch is reddish-brown, inclosing a small silvery spot; the outer margin is reddish-brown, adorned with five small silvery spots toward the apex. The hmd wings on the under side are almost solid reddish-brown to the clear yellow submarginal belt, only slightly mottled on the discal area with buff. The spots are small and well silvered. $. — The female on the upper side is duller red, with the dark markings heavier; the marginal spots on the fore wings are pale 110 I Genus Argynnis yellowish, and the maru^inal lines are conlluent on the upper half of these wings. The wings on the undei side in this sex are as in the male, but the ground-color on the inner half of the wings is darker, and the spots are more brilliantly silvered. Expanse, 2.30-2.50 inches. Far/v Stiigt's. — Unknown. This pretty species is found with y1. electa and A. hesperis in Colorado. It was originally described from specimens taken at Manitou and Ouray, and named by Edwards in honor of a de- ceased daughter of Professor Owen of the University of Wis- consin. (is) Argynnis electa, Edwards, Plate X, Fig. 8, 6 (Electa). Butterfly. — The male is dull reddish-fulvous on the upper side. The black markings are narrow. The base of both wings is slightly obscured. On the under side the fore wings are pale cinnamon-red, with the tip dark cinnamon-red. The hind wings are broadly dark cinnamon-red, mottled on the disk with a little buff The submarginal band is buff, quite narrow, and often invaded by the ground-color of the mner area. The silvery spots are usually very well marked and distinct, though in a few instances the silvery color is somewhat obscured. The female has the black markings a little heavier than in the male; otherwise there is but little difference betv/een the sexes. Expanse, 2.00-2.25 inches. Caterpillar, etc. — The early stages are unknown. This species has been confounded with A. atlantis, from which it is wholly distinct, being much smaller in size, the fore wings relatively broader, and the markings not so dark on the upper surface. It is found in Colorado and Montana, among the mountains. (16) Argynnis Columbia, Henry Edwards, Plate XIV, Fig. j>, 5 (The Columbian Silver-spot). Butterfly. — The male has the upper side of the fore wings pale reddish-fulvous. In the median band of both wings the spots do not flow together, Init are separate and moderately heavy. The underside of the fore wings is pale fulvous, buff at the tip; spots silvered. The hind wings on the under side are light rusty-red, but little mottled with buff wn the disk; the submarginal band is narrow, buff, and sometimes almost wholly obscured by the darker ground-color. The spots, which are small, are well silvered. IJI Genus Argynnis The female is much lighter than the male, and, as usual, the dark lines are heavier than in that sex. The spots of the median band are bent and partly lanceolate, and the light spots of the outer border are whitish. Expanse, 2. 2S-2. 50 inches. Caterpillar, etc. — The early stages have not as yet been worked out. This species, which is related to electa, may easily be distin- guished from it by the pale marginal series of light spots, in the male, between the sagittate spots and the dark outer marginal lines, which latter are confluent, forming a solid dark outer bor- der to the wing, while in electa they are separated by a narrow band of light-brown spots. The female is also much lighter and larger than in electa, as has been pointed out. The types which came from the Caribou mining region of British Columbia are in my possession, as are those of most of the other North American species of the genus. (17) Argynnis hesperis. Edwards, Plate XII, Fig. i, 3 ; Fig. 2, ? (Hesperis). Butterfly. — The male on the upper side of the wings is ful- vous, shaded with dark fuscous for a short distance from the base. The black spots of the median band are rather broad, and seem to coalesce through dark markings along the nervules. The under side of the fore wings is pale ferruginous, tinged with a little buff at the tips, which, together with the outer margin, are somewhat heavily clouded with dark ferruginous. The under side of the hind wings is dark ferruginous, with a narrow buff submarginal band, which in some specimens is almost lost. The female is paler than the male in the ground-color of the upper side, the black markings are heavier, the marginal lines fuse, as do also the sagittate marginal markings, leaving the marginal spots between them, which are quite light in color, deeply bor- dered on all sides by black. The under side is like that of the male, but darker and richer in color. In neither sex are the light spots marked with silver; they are opaque, yellowish-white. Expanse, 2.25-2.40 inches. Caterpillar, etc. — The life-history remains to be learned. This insect is not uncommon among the mountains of Colo- rado. (18) Argynnis hippolyta, Edwards, Plate XII, Fig. 10.- ^ (Hippolyta). 112 Explanation of Plate XII 1. Arg}'nnis hesperis, Edwards, (^. 2. j4rgyiinis hesperis, Edwards, 9- 3. ArgyiDiis cypris, Edwards, (^. 4. Argyiuiis cypris, Edwards, 9 • 5. Argyniiis oweiii, Edwards. (^. 6. Argynnis oweni, Edwards, (^, un- der side. "7. Argy>ntis eurynome, Edwards, c^. 8. Argynnis riipcstris, Behr, ^. 9. Argynnis nipestris, Behr, ^f, under side. 10. Argynnis hippolyiei, Edwards, (^. 11. Argynnis hiiira, Edwards, (^. 12. /^/'o-)7///;s /i?»/'j, Edwards, 9- 1 3. Argynnis arlonis, Edwards, cf, under side. Butterfly Book PuATe XI I. ^ f JMTto er >3 Genus Argynnis yellow at the apex of the primaries contrasts much more strongly. The spots on the under side in the female sex are frequently well silvered, though in many specimens they are colored exactly as in the male sex. Expanse of wing, s, 2.17 inches; ?, 2.50 inches. Early Stages. — The early stages of this species have not as yet been ascertained. This beautiful butterfly, which is somewhat inclined to varia- tion, is found in northern California, being quite common about Mount Shasta. It is also found in Oregon and Nevada. One of the varietal forms was named Argynnis purpurescens by the late Henry Edwards, because of the decided purplish tint which prevails on the under side of the secondaries, extending over the entire surface of the hind wings and covering likewise the apex of the fore wings. This purplish-brown is very marked in speci- mens collected about the town of Soda Springs, in northern California. (21) Argynnis monticola, Behr, Plate XllI, Fig. 7, 3 , under side; Fig. 8, S ; Plate XIV, Fig. 17, ? (Behr's Fritillary). Butterfly. — This species is very closely allied to the preced- ing in some respects; the upper surf^ice, however, of the wings in both sexes is brighter ihan in ^{erene, and the dark markings stand forth more clearly upon the lighter ground-color. The wings are not shaded with fuscous toward the base as much as in A. lerene. While the markings on the upper side are almost identical with those of Dr. Boisduval's species, they are much brighter and clearer, giving the insects quite a different aspect. On the under side the wings are colored as in ^erene, the prima- ries in the male being ferruginous, laved with a little red toward the base, marked with purplish-gray toward the apex, the light spots near the end of the cell on this wing being pale buff. The hind wings are very uniformly purplish-gray, mottled with dark brown, the spots very little, if at all, silvered in the male. In the female the fore wings are bright red at the base, and the hind wings are colored as in the male; but all the spots in both the fore wings and hind wings are broadly and brightly silvered. Early Stages. — The early stages have not been ascertained, and there remains something here for young entomologists to accomplish. This species is quite common in the same localities as the last 114 Genus Argynnis and some authors are inclined to regard it as being a mere vari- ety, which is a belief that can only be verified by careful breed- ing from the egg. {22) Argynnis rhodope, Edwards, Plate XI, Fig. 6, ?, iinder si'ifc (Rhodope). Butterfly. — In the male sex the upper side is bright fulvous, with both wings on the inner half heaviiy clouded with dark fus- cous. The black markings are very heavy and confluent. The outer border is solid black, very slightly, if at all, interrupted by a nar- row marginal brown line, in this respect resembling A. atlantis. On the under side the fore wings are dark ferruginous, on the outer margin rich dark brown. Between the spots at the end of the cell and the nervules below the apex are some clear, bright straw-yellow spots. The upper spots of the marginal series are silvered. The hind wings are dark reddish-brown, very slightly paler on the line of the marginal band. The spots are pale straw- yellow, except those of the marginal series, which are distinctly silvered. The female on the upper side is of a lighter and brighter red, with the markings dark and heavy as in the male sex On the under side the markings in the female do not differ from those in the male, except that the primaries on the inner half and at the base are bright pinkish-red. Expanse, $ , 2.20 inches; $ , 2.40 inches. Ear/j' Stages. — Unknown. This striking species has been heretofore only found in British Columbia. (2)) Argynnis behrensi, Edwards, Plate XIV. Fig. 10, ^, iiiuier side (Behrens' Fritillary). Butterfly. — The male on the upper side is dull fulvous, elouded with fuscous at the base, the black markings much nar- rower and lighter than in the preceding species. The primaries on the under side are pale fulvous, clouded v/ith dark brown at tile apex. The subapical spots and the upper spots of the mar- gmal series on this wing are well silvered. The hind wings on the under side are deep reddish-brown, with the marginal band only faintly indicated. All the spots are distinctly well silvered. The female does not differ materially from the male, except in the larger size and the somewhat paler ground-color of the upper side of the wings. On the under side the wings are exactly as in the male, with the marginal band even less distinct than in that sex. Genus Argynnis Early Stages. — Not yet aj5certained. The type specimens upon which the foregoing description is founded came from Mendocino, in California. (24) Argynnis halcyone, Edwards, Plate Xlll, Fig. 5, 6 ; Fig. 6, ^ , under side (Halcyone). Butterfly, $. — The primaries are produced and relatively narrower than in the preceding species, fulvous on the upper side, with the black markings distinct, the mesial band of the secondaries confluent. The fore wings on the under side are pale fulvous, reddish at the base, pale buff at the end of the cell and on the costal margin before the apex. The subapical spots and the pale spots of the marginal series are very little silvered. The hind wings have the inner two thirds deep reddish-brown, slightly mottled with buff. The marginal band is buff, and all the spots are well silvered. ?. — The female, which is considerably larger than the male, is marked much as in that sex; but all the black markings are heavier, and on the under side of the primaries the base and inner margin are laved with red. The marginal band on the hind wings is not as distinct in this sex as in the male, in many speci- mens being somewhat obscured by olive-brown. Expanse, $ , 2.50 inches; ?, 2.90-3.10 inches. Early Stages. — Not known. This species, which is still rare in collections, is found in southern Colorado and the adjacent parts of Utah and Arizona. (25) Argynnis chitone, Edwards, Plate XIV, Fig. 16, ? (Chitone). Butterfly, 5 . — The wings on the upper side are dull fulvous, greatly obscured by brown at the base of the wings. The dark spots and markings are not heavy. The fore wings on the under side are yellowish-fulvous at the base and on the inner half of the wing; the apical patch and the nervules on the apical area are heavy ferruginous; the marginal spots are buff, with no silver. The hind wings on the under side are light ferruginous, mottled with buff; the belt is broad, clear buff; the outer margin is brown. All the spots are small and imperfectly silvered. ? . — The female is nearly the same shade as the male, with the marginal spots on the under side always silvered, the re- mainder without silver, or only now and then with a few silvery scales. Expanse, 2.25-2.50 inches. 116 Explanation of Plate XIII 1. j4rgynnis cyhele, Fabricius, $, un- der side. 2. /Irgynnis semiramis, Edwards, (^. 3. /tygViniis semiramis, E^^N7^x^iS, $. 4. Argynnis nitocris, Edwards, (^, un- der side. 5. Argynnis balcyone, Edwards, (^. 6. Argynnis halcyone, Edwards, 9> under side. 7. Argynms monticola, Behr, (^, under side. 8. Argynnis fnonticola, Behr, (^ . 9. Argynnis macaria, Edwards, (J'. 10. Argynnis inornataf Edwards, ^ tinder side. M. Argynnis liliana, Henry Edwards 12. Argynnis afossa, Edwards, (^. 13. Argynnis egleis, Boisduval, (^. 14. Argynnis egleis, Boisduv;il, (^, ,in der side. 15. Argynnis egleis, Boisduval, 9. Plate XI II. Genus Argynnis Early Stages. — Not ascertained. This species occurs in southern Utah and Arizona. {26) Argynnis platina, Skinner, Plate XVIII, Fig. 7, <5 (Skinner's Fritillary). Bii/fcrffy, S . — The original description of this species, con- tained in the "Canadian Entomologist," vol. xxix, p. 154, is as follows: "$. — Expands two and a half inches. Upper side: Rather light tawny or even light buff. Black markings dense and wide, with outer halves of wings looking rather clear or open, with rows of round spots not very large; marginal border light; bases of wings not much obscured. Under side: Superiors have the two subapical silver spots and silver spots on margin well defined; color of inner half of wing rosy. The silver spots on the inferiors are large and well defined, and placed on a very light greenish-gray ground. The intermediate buff band is well defined, comparatively wide, and very light in color, $. — The ground-color on the inferiors below is reddish-brown in the female." Early Stages. — Unknown. This species occurs in Utah and Idaho, and is possibly a vari- etal form of A. coroiiis, specimens agreeing very nearly with the type figured in the plate being contained in the Edwards col- lection under the name oi A. coroiiis. (27) Argynnis coronis, Behr, Plate XI, Fig. 10, ,5 ; Fig. 11, ? (Coronis). Butterfly, 6 . — The wings on the upper side are yellowish- brown, with but little brown obscuring the base. The dark markings are not heavy, but distinct. The fore wings on the under side are buff, with the basal area orange-fulvous. The subapical and submarginal spots are more or less imperfectly silvered. The hind wings are brown, mottled with reddish. The discal area is buff, and the belt is pale yellowish-buff. All the spots are large and well silvered on these wings. ? . — The female is paler than the male, with the markings on the upper side a little heavier. The wings on the under side are much as in the male sex. Expanse, 6 , 2. 10-2.50 inches; ?,2.5Ch 3.00 inches. Early Stages. — The early stages remain to be ascertained. This species ranges from southern California northward to the 117 Genus Argynnis southern part of British Columbia, and is found as far east as Utah. (28) Argynnis snyderi, Skinner, Plate XVIII, Fig. 6, $ (Snyder's Fritiilary). Bittterjiy, S . — The wings on the upper side are light tawny, but little obscured by fuscous at the base. The black markings are moderately heavy and very sharply defined against the lighter ground-color. The outer margin is distinctly but not heavily marked. On the under side of the fore wings there are two subapical and five marginal silver spots. The ground-color of the underside of the hind wings is grayish-green, with a narrow pale-buff marginal belt. The spots are large and well silvered. $ . — The female is much like the male, but on the hind wings the ground-color from the base to the outer belt is brownish. Expanse, S , 3.00 inches; ? , 3.30 inches. Early Stages. — Unknown. This species, which is very closely allied to A. coronis, is found in Utah. (29) Argynnis callippe, Boisduval, Plate XI, Fig. I, 5 ; Fig. 2, $ ; Fig. 3, ? , under side (Callippe). Butterfly. — This species may easily be recognized by the general obscuration of the basal area of the wings, the light- buff quadrate spots on the discal area of the fore wings, and the clear oval spots of the same color on the hind wings, as well as by the light triangular marginal spots, all standing out distinctly on the darker ground. The wings on the under side are quite pale buff, with the spots large and well silvered. Expanse, 2.30- 3.00 inches. Early Stages. — Unknown. Callippe is abundant in California. (30) Argynnis nevadensis, Edwards, Plate X, Fig. 4, 5, under side (The Nevada Fritiilary). Butterfly, $ . — The ground-color is pale fulvous, but little ob- scured with fuscous at the base. The outer margins are heavily bordered with black. The dark markings of the discal area are not heavy. The fore wings on the under side are pale buff, the spots well silvered ; the hind wings are greenish ; the belt is narrow and clear, and the spots are large and well silvered. ?. — The female is much like the male, but larger and paler. The outer margin of the fore wings in this sex is more heavily 118 Genus Argynr-is mnrked with bhick, and the mar? 10 • .* # ♦♦ -^ - -CI Genus Argynnis of the outer line usually found in other species of the genus. The dark markings of the outer margin are almost entirely absent, and those of the discal and basal areas very greatly reduced. On the under side both wings are very pale, the spots entirely without silver, in some specimens even their location being but faintly in- dicated. The fore wings at the base and on the inner margin are laved with bright red. ? . — The female resembles the male, except that the red on the under side of the fore wings is in many specimens very bright and fiery. Expanse, 5 , 2. 50 inches; ?, 2.75-3.00 inches. Early Stages. — Entirely unknown. This butterfly, which is still rare in collections, has been taken in southern California. It may be an extreme variation of the next species, A. aJianfe, Boisduval. (40) Argynnis adiante, Boisduval, Plate XIV, Fig. 4, ? (Adi- ante). Butterfly, 6 . — The wings on the upper side are bright fulvous ; the black markings are slight. The fore wings on the under side are pale buff, much lighter at the apex, laved with orange-red at the base. The hind wings are pale buff, clouded with fawn-color on the basal and discal areas. All the spots which are generally silvered in other species are in this species wholly devoid of silvery scales. ?. — The female is like the male, but the black markings on the upper side are heavier, and the basal area and inner half of the primaries are laved with brighter and deeper red. Expanse, $ , 2.30-2.40 inches; ? , 2.30-2.60 inches. Early Stages. — Unknown. This species is found in southern California, and is somewhat local in its habits, hitherto having been taken only in tbe Santa Cruz Mountains. (41) Argynnis artonis, Edwards, Plate Xll, Fig. 13, 6 , loiJer side (Artonis). Btitterjly, 6 . — Closely resembling A. eurynome, Edwards, from which species it may be at once distinguished by the en- tire absence of silvery scales upon the under side of the wings, and also by the fact that the silver spots on the under side of the hind wings are not compressed and elongated as much as in eurynome, and by the further fact that all the dark marginal markings of the under side are obliterated. $ . — The female does not differ materially from the male, except 123 Genus Argynnis that the dark markings on the upper side are all much heavier, standing out very distinctly upon the paler ground, ana the mar- ginal spots within the lunules are very light in color and relatively large. On the under side the fore wings are laved with red, very much as in the female of A. adiante. Expanse, c5 , 1.75-2.00 inches ; ? , 2.00-2. 1 5 inches. Early Stages. — These still remain to be ascertained. This interesting butterfly, which seems to indicate a transition between the butterflies of the Adiante-group and those of the Eurynome-group, has been found in Colorado, Nevada, Utah, and Arizona. (42) Argynnis clio, Edwards, Plate XIV, Fig. 5, S ; Fig. 6, ? ; Fig. 7, S , under side (Clio). Butterfly. — Closely resembling A. eurynome and A. artonis. Like artonis, the spots on the under side of the wing are without silver. The female very closely resembles the female of artonis, and in fact I am unable to distinguish the types of the females of the two species by any marks which seem to be satisfactory. Expanse, 3, 1.75 inch; ?, i. 75-1. 90 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. This species, which is as yet comparatively rare in collections, is found in Montana and the province of Alberta, in British Amer- ica, at a considerable elevation. (43) Argynnis opis, Plate XIV, Fig. 8, 3 , under side (Opis). Butterfly. — This species, which apparently belongs to the Eurynome-group, appears by the location of its markings to be closely related to eurynome, but on the upper side the wings of both the male and female are more heavily obscured with fuscous at the base; the dark markings are heavier than in eurynome, and in both sexes it is smaller in size, being the smallest of all the species of the genus thus far found in North America. The spots on the under side of the wings are none of them silvered. Ex- panse, $, , 1.50 inch; ?, 1.60 inch. Early Stages. — Nothing is known of these. The types came from Bald Mountain, in the Caribou mining district of British Columbia. (44) Argynnis bischoffi, Edwards, Plate XI, Fig. 7, 6 (Bischoff's Fritillary). Butterfly, S . — The fore wings on the upper side are bright red- dish-fulvous, the base of the primaries and the inner half of the I 2a Genus Argynnis secondaries being heavily obscured by blackish, so as to conceal the markings. Both wings have moderately heavy black mar- ginal borders. The other markings are as in A. etiryiionie. On the under side the fore wings are buff, laved with reddish at the base. The hind wings are pale buff, with the basal and discal areas mottled with green. The marginal belt is clear butT. in some specimens the spots on the under side are not silvered; in others they are well silvered. ?. — The female on the upper side is very pale buff, slightly laved with fulvous on the outer margin of both wings. All the markings are heavy; the margins of both wings are solid black, the spots within the lunules being pale and almost white. The fore wings at the base and the inner half of the hind wings are almost solid black. On the under side the wings are very much as in the male, and the same variation as to the silvering of the spots is found. Expanse, 5, 1.80 inch; $, 1.90 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. The types of this genus came from Sitka, in Alaska. It may be an extreme boreal variation o^ A. eitrviionie. (45) Argynnis eurynome, Edwards, Plate XII, Fig. 7, 5 ; Plate XIV, Fig. 14, ?; Fig. 15, S- 11 iiift'r snie {Eurynome), Butterfly, ^ . — The wings on the upper side are bright yellowish-fulvous, but little obscured at the base. The outer margins are edged by two fine lines which are occasionally con- fluent. The under side of the fore wings is pale buff, laved with cinnamon-brown at the base and along the nervules; the spots on the margin and in the apical area are well silvered. The hind wings on the under side are buff, with the basal and discal areas mottled with pale brown or pale olive-green. The marginal belt is broad and clear buff; all the spots are well silvered. ?. — The female is like the male, but paler, with the dark markings, especially those of the margin, heavier. The marginal spots inclosed by the lunules are much paler than the ground- color, and in many specimens almost white. On the under side the wings in this sex are like those of the male, but the fore wings are more heavily laved with cinnamon-brown at the base. Expanse, 6, 1.70-2.00 inches; ?, 2.00 inches. Early Stages. — Mr. Edwards, in "The Butterflies of No^th America," vol. ii, has given us a beautiful figure of the egg of this species. Of the other stages we have no knowledge. 125 Genus Argynnjf A. eurynome is a very common butterfly in Colorado, Mori'^ tana, and British America, and is the representative of a con- siderable group, to which the four preceding species belong, if, indeed, they are not local races or climatic varieties of eury- nome, a fact which can be demonstrated only by the careful breeding of specimens from various localities. There is a fine field here for study and experiment. (46) Argynnis montivaga, Behr, Plate X, Fig. 5, S , tinder side (Montivaga). Butterfly. — This species in both sexes very closely approxi- mates the foregoing. The main points of distinction consist in the somewhat darker red of the upper side of the wings, the slightly heavier dark markings, and the absence on the under side, especially of the hind wings, of the olive-green shade which is characteristic of typical specimens of A. eurynome. The mottling of the basal and median areas on this side is red- dish-brown. The spots are more or less silvered on the under side. Expanse, 5, 1.75 inch; ?, 1.90 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown, This species is found in the Sierras of California and among the mountains of Nevada. (47) Argynnis egleis, Boisduval, Plate Xlll, Fig. n. 6 ; Fig. 14, ?, under side; Fig. 15, $ (Egleis). Butterfly, 5 . — The ground-color of the wings on the upper side is deep fulvous, with rather heavy black markings. The wings on the under side are pale fulvous, mottled with buff on the subapical interspaces of the fore wings. The basal and discal areas of the hind wings are mottled with brown, which in many specimens is of a distinctly purplish shade. In some specimens the inner half of the primaries is rather heavily laved with red. The spots on the under side are either silvered or without silver, in the latter ca^e being pale buff. $ . — The female is much like the male, but paler. The red on the under side of the primaries is deeper, and the purplish- brown on the inner surface of the secondaries is also darker. Expanse, $, 2.2^ inches; $, 2.50 inches. Early Stages. — These remain to be ascertained. . This is a common species in California and Nevada. For many years it has been placed in all catalogues at the end of the list of the species of this genus, where I also leave it, though to 126 A Race after a Butterfly my way of thinking its proper location is near A. nipcstris. It certainly reveals but small affinity to the species of the Hurynonie- group. Besides the species of Argvnnis enumerated in the foregoing pages and delineated upon the plates, there are several others of more or less doubtful validity credited to our fauna, and a num- ber of varieties which have received names. With all of these the more advanced student will become familiar as he prosecutes his researches, but it is not necessary to speak of them here. A RACE AFTER A BUTTERFLY There is much that is pleasing about "first things." I shall never forget the first dollar I earned; the first trout I took with my fly; the first muskalonge I gaffed beside my canoe on a still Canadian lake; the first voyage 1 made across the Atlantic. ' So I shall never forget my first capture of a female specimen of Ar- gvnnis iliana. My home in my boyhood was in North Carolina, in the village of Salem, famous as one of the most successful of the settlements made by the Moravian Brethren under the lead of the good Count Zinzendorf, and well known throughout the Southern States as the seat of an excellent seminary for young ladies. The Civil War broke out, and the hopes cherished of sending me North to be educated were disappointed. I was left to pursue my studies under a tutor, and to roam the neighborhood in quest of insects, of which 1 gathered a large collection. One day 1 spied upon a bed of verbenas a magnificent butterfiy with broad expanse of wing and large blue spots upon the secon- daries. In breathless haste I rushed into the house and got my net. To the joy of my heart, when I returned to the spot, the beauty was still hovering over the crimson blossoms. But, as 1 drew near with fell intent, it rose and sailed away. Across the garden, over the fence, across the churchyard, out into the street, with leisurely fiight the coveted prize sped its way, while I quickly followed, net in hand. Once upon the dusty street, its fiight was accelerated; my rapid walking was converted into a run. Down past the church and — /'or/-//'//^ diitii! — past the boarding-school that pesky butterfiy flew. 1 would r.ilhcr have 127 A Race after a Butterfly faced a cannonade in those days than a bevy of boarding-school misses, but there was no alternative. There were the dreaded females at the windows (for it was Saturday, and vacation hour), and there was my butterfly. Sweating, blushing, inwardly anathematizing my luck, I rushed past the school, only to be overwhelmed with mortification by the rascally porter of the institution, who was sweeping the pavement, and who bawled out after me: "Oh, it 's no use; you can't catch it'i It 's fright- en-ed; you 're so ugly! " And now it began to rise in its flight. It was plainly my last chance, for it would in a moment be lost over the housetops. I made an upward leap, and by a fortunate sweep of the net succeeded in capturing my prize. Many years later, after a long interval in which ornithology and botany had engrossed my mind to the exclusion of ento- mology, my boyish love for the butterflies was renewed, and I found out the name of the choice thing I had captured on that hot July day on the streets of Salem, and returned to North Carolina for the special purpose of collecting a quantity of these superb in- sects. My quest was entirely successful, though my specimens were not taken at Salem, but under the shadow of Mount Mitchell, in the flower-spangled valleys which lie at its feet. Genus BRENTHIS, Hubner "The garden is fragrant everywhere; In its lily-bugles the gold bee sups, And butterflies flutter on winglets fair Round the tremulous meadow buttercups." MUNKHTRICK. Butterfly. — Small or medium-sized butterflies, very closely ap- proximating in form and color the species of the genus Argynnis, in which they are included by many writers. The principal structural difference between the two genera is found in the fact that in the genus Brenthis only one of the subcostal nervules arises before or at the end of the cell of the primaries, while in Argyniris the two innermost subcostal nervules thus arise. In Brenthis the palpi are not as stout as in Argynnis, and the short basal spur or branch of the median vein of the front wings, 128 Genus Brenthis Fig. qo. — Neuralioii of the genus Brciilhis, ciilaigcil. which is ch;iiactcristic of the latter genus, is altogether lackiiii in Breiithis. Egg. — The eggs are subconical, almost twice as high as wide, truncated at the top, and marked with thirteen or fourteen raised longi- tudinal ridges connected by a nuiltitude of smaller cross-ridges. Larva. — The caterpillars are not noticeably different in their general appearance from those of the genus Argyinu's, except that they arc smaller and generally not as dark in color as the iarvce of the latter genus. They {cq(^, like the caterpillars oi Argynnis, upon violets. Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is pendant, about six tenths of an inch long, and armed with two rows of sharp conical tubercles on the back. (i) Brenthis myrina, Cramer, Plate XV, Fig. i, 3 ; Fig. 2, 3, under side; Plate V. Figs. 12-14, chrysalis (The Silver- bordered Fritillary). Butterfly. — The upper side of the wings is fulvous; the black markings are light, the borders heavy. The fore wings on the under side are yellowish-fulvous, ferruginous at the tip. with the marginal spots lightly silvered. The hind wings are ferruginous, mottled with buff. The spots, which are small, are well sil- vered. Expanse, 6, 1.40 inch; ?, 1.70 inch. Egg. — The tgg is conoidal, about one third higher than wide, marked by sixteen or seventeen vertical ribs, between which are a number of delicate cross-lines. It is pale greenish-yellow in color. Caterpillar. — The caterpillar has been carefully studied, and its various stages are fully described in "The Buttertlies of New England," by Dr. Scudder. In its final stage it is about seven eighths of an inch long, dark olive-brown, marked with green, the segments being adorned with fleshy tubercles armed with needle-shaped projections, the tubercles on the side of the first thoracic segment being four times as long as the others, cyliii- ^ drical in form, and blunt at the upper end, the spines projecting upward at an angle of forty-five degrees to the axis of the tubercle. I2CJ Genus Brenthis Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is yellowish-brown, spotted with darker brown spots, those of the thoracic and first and second abdominal segments having the lustre of mother-of-pearl. This very pretty little species has a wide range, extending from New England to Montana, from Nova Scotia to Alaska, and southward along the ridges of the AUeghanies into Virginia and the mountains of North Carolina. (2) Brenthis triclaris, Hubner, Plate XV, Fig. 3, 6 (Hub- ner's Fritillary). Butterfly, 6 . — The male above is bright fulvous, with the base of the fore wings and the inner margin of the hind wings heavily obscured with blackish scales. The usual dark markings are finer than in the preceding species; the black marginal borders are not so heavy. The submarginal spots are relatively large and distinct in most specimens, and uniform in size. The light spots of the under side of the median band of the hind wings show through from below on the upper side lighter than the ground- color of the wings. On the underside the fore wings are fulvous, tipped with ferruginous. The hind wings are broadly ferrugin- ous, with a couple of bright-yellow spots near the base and a curved band of yellow spots crossing the median area. The outer margin about the middle is marked with pale fulvous. The spots on the under side are none of them silvered. ?. — The female is much paler than the male in most cases, and the marginal spots within the lunules are very pale, almost white. The submarginal row of round black spots is relatively large and distinct, quite uniform in size. On the under side the wings are much more conspicuously marked on the secondaries than in the male sex, being crossed by three conspicuous bands of irregularly shaped yellow spots, one at the base and one on either side of the discal area. The submarginal round spots of the upper side reappear on the under side as small, slightly silvered, yellow spots. The marginal spots are bright yellow, slightly glossed with silver. Expanse, 6 , 1.50 inch; $,i.6oinch. Early Stages. — Unknown. This extremely beautiful little species is found throughout arctic Amiiica, is not uncommon in Labrador, and also occurs (ipon the ioftier summits of the Rocky Mountains in Colorado and elsewhere. It is, as most species of the genus, essentially arctic in its habits. no Explanation of Plate XV Brentbis niyrina, Cramer, (^. Brentbis mjiriiia, Cramer, 9 , under side. Brentbis triclaris, Hiibner, c^. Brentbis chariclea, Schneider, (^. Brentbis boisduvali, Duponche!, (^. 6. Brentbis boisdtizuTii, Duponche], 9, under side. 7. Brentbis montiiius, Scudder, (^. 8. Brentbis niontinus, Scudder, 9> under side. 9. Brentbis freija, Thunberg, (^. I. 2. 3- 4- 5- 10. Brentbis freija, Thunberg, 9, un der side. 1 1 . Brentbis polaris, Boisduval, (^. 12. Brentbis polaris, Boisduval, (J', ««- der side. 13. Brentbis frigga, Thunberg, (^. 14. Brentbis frigga, Thunberg, 9i ""- der side. 15. Brentbis alberta, Edwards, (^. 16. Brentbis bcllona, Fabricius, (^. 17. Brentbis epitbore, Boisduval, (^, 18. Brentbis epitbore, Boisduval, ^f, under side. Fhe Butterfly Book-- Plate XV. 15 14 16 »Pt«IGMTED Br /. I, Mnn_ANr>. iB'-o Genus Brenthis (3) Brenthis helena, Edwards, Piute XVIII, Fijr. 16, ! ; Fig. 12, ^, iiiiJer siife (Acastus). Butterfly. — With thinner and less robust wings than any of the species of the genus hitherto mentioned. It is prevalently fulvous upon the upper side, and on the under side of the hind wings heavily and somewhat regularly banded with yellowish-white spots, possessing some pearly luster. Expanse, 6, 1.50 inch; $ , 1.60 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. Common in Nevada, Utah, and Montana. (13) Melitaea palla, Boisduval, Plate XVI, Fig. 13,6 ; Fig. 14, $ , under side (The Northern Checker-spot). Butterfly. — On the upper side resembling the preceding spe- cies, but with the median band of spots on the hind wings paler. On the under side the markings are different, as is shown in the plate. Expanse, 3, 1.50 inch; ?, 1.75 inch. Early Stages. — The larva and chrysalis were described by Henry Edwards, the actor naturalist, in the "Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences," vol. v, p. 167. The food-plant is Castileja. The species ranges from California to Colorado, and north- ward into British Columbia. (14) Melitaea whitneyi, Behr, Plate XVII, Fig. 7, 6 \ Fig. 8, 3, under side (Whitney's Checker-spot). Butterfly. — The markings are much as in M. palla, the spots are lighter fulvous and larger than in that species, the yellow bands on the under side are more prominent, and the marginal spots have a silvery luster which is lacking in M. palla. The female has the yellow of the under side more prominent than is the case in the male sex. Expanse, ^, 1.50 inch; ?, 1.70 inch. Early Stages. — Altogether unknown. Whitney's Checker-spot ranges from California into Nevada. (15) Melitaea hoffmanni, Behr, Piate XVli, Fig. 13, I ; Fig. 14, 9 , aberration (Hoffmann's Checker-spot). Butterfly, 3 .—General style of marking much as in the two 141 Genus Melitsea preceding species, but with the basal area bhick, and the black markings toward the outer margin not so heavy, giving it here a more fulvous appearance. The median bands on both wings are broader and paler than in M. palla. The under side is much as in the last-mentioned species, but the yellow markings are more prominent. ?. — Much like the male. Expanse, 6, 1.35 inch; ?, 1.45 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. This species, which is found in California and Nevada, is subject to extreme variation, and 1 have placed upon the plate one out of many beautiful and singular aberrations which 1 possess. (16) Melitaea gabbi, Behr, Plate XVI, Fig. 15, 3 (Gabb's Checker-spot). Butterfly. — In the style of its markings on the upper side it almost completely resembles M. acasfiis, but the dark markings are slighter, giving the wings a more fulvous appearance. On the under side the bands are narrower, defined more sharply with black, and pearly, almost silvery white, whereas in acastiis they are pale yellowish-white, and not so lustrous. Expanse, $, , 1.20 inch; ? , i.so inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. The habitat of this species is southern California. (17) Melitaea harrisi, Scudder, Plate XVII, Fig. 5, 6 ; Fig. 6, ?, tinder side; Plate V, Figs. 17-18, chrysalis (Harris' Checker-spot). Butterfly, 6 . — Wings fulvous, black at the base and on the outer margin, with five fulvous spots in the cell of the fore wing, two below the cell; and three in the cell of the hind wing. The black border is widest at the apex of the fore wing, and be- low this runs inwardly on the veins. There are two white spots near the apex. At the anal angle on the hind wing the border is somewhat divided so as to present the appearance of two in- distinct lines. On the under side the wings are fulvous, marked with black bands and spots, and crossed by bands and crescents of pale yellow, as is shown in the figure on the plate. ?. — The female is much like the male. Expanse, $, 1.50 «nch; ? , 1.75 inch. Egg. — The eggs are lemon-yellow, in the form of a truncated 144 Genus Melitaea cone, with fifteen or sixteen vertical ribs, which arc highest about the middle. Ciifcrp/7/iir. — The matured caterpillar is reddish-fulvous, with a black stripe on the back. Hach segment is marked with one black ring before and two black rings behind the sets of spiny tubercles with which the segments are adorned. There are nine rows of spines, those above the feet being quite small. The spines are black, tapering, and set with diverging black hairs. The food-plants are aster and Diplopappiis itinbcllahts. Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is pearly-gray or white, blotched with dark brown or black. This choice little butterfly ranges from Nova Scotia to Wis- consin, e.vtending as far south as northern Illinois, and north- ward to Ottawa. (i8) Melitaea elada, Hewitson, Plate XVII, Fig. 2, 6 (Hewitson's Checker-spot). Butterfly, 6 . — The wings on the upper side are black, crossed by numerous bands of small fulvous spots, the one crossing the middle of the median area being composed of the largest spots. The fore wings on the under side are fulvous, shading outwardly into ferruginous. The spots and bands of the upper side reappear upon the under side, but are lighter, and the sub- marginal row of crescents is pale yellow and very distinct, the spot between the second and third median nervules being the largest, and the spot between the fourth and fifth subcostals being only a little smaller. The under side of the hind wings is deep ferruginous, crossed by bands of pearly pale-yellow spots, those of the outer margin being the largest. $ . — The female is much like the male, with the ground-color a little paler. Expanse, .^..Qoinch; ?, i.oo-i. lo inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. This little species is found in western Texas, Arizona, and northern Mexico. (19) Melitaea dymas, Edwards, Plate XVI, Fig. 18, $ (Dymas). Butterfly. — This species is closely related in size and the style of some of the markings to the foregoing species, but may be at once distinguished by the lighter ground-color, which is pale fulvous, and the totally different style of the marginal markings on the under side of the wings. The female represented in the 145 Genus Melitaea plate is a trifle paler than the male. Expanse, 6, -85 inch; ? 1.00 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. The habitat of this species is southwestern Texas. (20) Melitaea perse, Edwards, Plate XVI, Fig. 19, 6 (Perse). Butterfly. — This is nearly related to the two foregoing species, but the ground-color is darker fulvous than in dymas, the mark- ings are slight as in that species, and the arrangement of the spots and bands on the under side is similar. The marginal crescents on the under side of the primaries are largest at the apex and rapidly diminish in size, vanishing altogether about the middle of the wing. Expanse, 5 , i.oo inch ; ? , 1. 10 inch. Early Stages. — These remain to be discovered. The only specimens so far found have come from Arizona. (21) Melitaea chara, Edwards, Plate XVII, Fig. 3, 6 ; Fig. 4, 5 , 'Milder side (Chara). Butterfly. — No lengthy description of this pretty little species is required, as the plate, which gives both sides of the wings, shows their peculiarities with sufficient accuracy to enable an exact determination to be made. The whitish spot on the costa before the apex on the upper side, and the chalky-white mark- ings and spots on the under side, serve at once to distinguish this form from its near allies. Expanse, 6, i-OO inch; ?, 1.25 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. I have a large series of this species, all from Arizona, where it appears to be common. {22) Melitaea leanira, Boisduval, Plate XVI, Fig. 20, ? (Leanira). Butterfly, S . — Ground-color brownish-black, fulvous on the costa, with submarginal, median, and basal rows of yellow spots. Both the primaries and secondaries have a marginal row of red spots, and the former have in addition a submarginal row of such spots. The under side of the primaries is reddish-fulvous, with the markings of the upper side reproduced. The secondaries have a marginal row of yellow crescents, then a black band in- closing yellow spots, then a median band of long yellow cres- cents. The remainder of the wing to its insertion is black, spotted with yellow. 146 Genus Melitaea 9. — Much like the male. Expanse, S, 1.50 inch; ?, 1.75 inch. Eiir/y Sfciges. — Unknown. This pretty insect ranges from southern California and Arizona to Nevada, Montana, and British America. (23) Melitaea wrighti, Hdwards, Plate XVII, Fig. 9, 6 ; Fig. 10, ?, iiiuicr side (Wright's Checker-spot). ButterJJy. — Much like M Icaiiira, but with more fulvous upon the upper side of the wings, and the under side yellow. The black bands on the secondaries are reduced, and the dividing- lines between the spots are confined to the nervules, which are narrowly black. This is probably only a varietal form of the preceding species. I figure the types. Expanse, i, 1.30 inch; 9, 1.80 inch. Ea rly Stages. — Unknown. Habitat, southern California. (24) Melitaea alma, Strecker, Plate XVII, Fig. 1,6 (Strecker's Checker-spot). Butterfly, S . — The upper side of the wings is bright fulvous, with the margins and veins black. There are three rows of transverse spots paler than the ground-color. The fore wings on the under side are pale fulvous, with pale-yellow spots and a sub- marginal and marginal row of yellow spots separated by a narrow black line. The hind wings on this side are yellow, with the veins and margins black, and a transverse double band of black on the outer margin of the median area. ? . — Much like the male, but larger, and redder on the upper side. Expanse, $, 1.23 inch; $, 1.50 inch, Ea rly Stages. — Unknown. The specimens I have came from the Death Valley. The spe- cies occurs in southern Utah and Arizona. (25) Melitaea thekla, Edwards, Plate XVII, Fig. 15, 6 , under side; Fig. 16, ^ (Thekla). Butterfly, 6 . — The upper side of the wings is fulvous, black toward the base and on the outer margin. The primaries are adorned with a large oval pale-fulvous spot at the end of the cell, a small one on the middle of the upper side of the cell, and another small one below the cell, at the origin of the first median nervule. The discal area is defined outwardly by a very irregular fine black transverse line, beyond which is a transverse band of pale-fulvous oblong spots, an incomplete series of spots of the ground-color 147 Genus Melitaea sharply defined upon the black outer shade, followed by a row of irregular white submarginal spots. The transverse bands of spots on the primaries are repeated upon the secondaries, where they are more regular and the spots more even in size. On the under side both wings are pale red, with the light spots of the upper side reappearing as pale-yellow sharply defined spots. The fringes are checkered black and white. ?. — Much like the male, but larger. Expanse, S, i. 35-1. 50 inch; ? , i. 50-1. 75 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. This species is common in Texas. It is identical, as an ex- amination of the type shows, with M bo/li, Edwards, and the latter name as a synonym falls into disuse. {26) Melitaea minuta, Edwards, Plate XVII, Fig. 11, S, tinder side; Fig. 12, $, (The Smaller Checker-spot). Butterfly, $ . — This species is fulvous on the upper side, rather regularly banded with black lines. The veins are also black. The result is that the wings appear to be more regularly checkered than in any other species which is closely allied to this. The markings of the under side are white edged with black, and are shown very well in the plate, so that a lengthy description is unnecessary. Expanse, $, 1.25-1.35 inch; ?, i. 50-1.60 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. The specific name, minuta, is not altogether appropriate. There are many smaller species of the genus. It is found rather commonly in Colorado, Arizona, and New Mexico. (27) Melitaea arachne, Edwards, Plate XVI, Fig. 22, ? (Arachne). Butterfly.—] have given in the plate a figure of a female bear- ing this name in the Edwards collection. It is remarkably pale on the upper side. There is a large series of types and paratypes in the collection, but all of them vary on the upper side of the wings in the intensity of the fulvous ground-color and the width of the black markings. Underneath they are absolutely like M. minuta. I think M. arar/jne is without much doubt a synonym for M. minuta. The species varies very greatly. The types are from Colorado and western Texas. Expanse as in M. minuta. Early Stages. — Unknown. (28) Melitaea nympha, Edwards, Plate XVI, Fig. 21, $ (Nympha). 148 Collecting in Japan Butterfly. — This species differs from M. niiiiiita only in luiviiig the black markings darker and the outer median bands of spots on the upper side yellow. On the under side the pattern of the markings is exactly as in M. niiiiuta. It seems to me to be a dark, aberrant form of M. miutttci, but is very well marked, and constant in a large series of specimens, so that we cannot be sure until some one breeds these creatures from the egg. Expanse, the same as that of M. miiiiita. Early Stages. — Unknown. Habitat, Arizona. In addition to the species of the genus Me/ita-a illustrated in our plates there are a few others which are credited to our fauna, some of these correctly and some erroneously, and a number of so-called species have been described which are not true species, but varie- ties or aberrations. COLLECTING IN JAPAN I was tired of the Seiyo-ken, the only hotel at which foreigners could be entertained without the discomfort of sleeping upon the floor. There is a better hotel in Tokyo now. 1 had looked out for five days from my window upon the stinking canal through which the tide ebbs and flows in Tsukiji. 1 felt if 1 stayed longer in the lowlands that I would contract malarial fever or some other uncomfortable ailment, and resolved to betake myself to the moun- tains, the glorious mountains, which rise all through the interior of the country, wrapped in verdure, their giant summits capped with clouds, many of them the abode of volcanic thunder. So 1 went by rail to the terminus of the road, got together the coolies to pull and push my jinrikishas, and, accompanied by a troop of native collectors, made my way up the Usui-toge, the pass over which travelers going from western Japan into eastern Japan laboriously crept twelve years ago. What a sunset when we reached an elevation of three thou- sand feet above the paddy-fields which stretch across the Kwanto to the Gulf of Yeddo ! What a furious thunder-storm came on just as night closed in! Then at half-past nine the moon struggled out from behind the clouds, and we pushed on up over the muddy roads, until at last a cold breath of night air sweeping from the west began to fan our faces, and we realized that we were at the 149 Genus Phyciodes top of the pass, and before us in the dim moonlight loomed the huge form of Asama-yama, that furious volcano, which more than once has laid the land waste for leagues around, and compared with which Vesuvius is a pygmy. We slept on Japanese mats, and in the morning, the drops glittering on every leaf, we started out to walk through the fields to Oiwake, our baggage going for- ward, we intending to loiter all day amid the charms of nature. Seven species of lilies bloomed about us in the hedges and the fields; a hundred plants, graceful and beautiful in blossom, scented the air with their aroma, and everywhere were butterflies and bees. Above us hung in the sky a banner, the great cloud which by day and by night issues from the crater of Asama- yama. Five species of fritillaries flashed their silvery wings by copse and stream ; great black papilios soared across the meadows ; blue lycienas, bright chrysophani, and a dozen species of wood- nymphs gamboled over the low herbage and among the grass. Torosan, my chief collector, was in his element. ''Dana-san" {my lord, or viy master), "this kind Yokohama no have got." "Dana-san, this kind me no catchee Tokyo side." And so we wandered down the mountain-slope, taking species new alike to American and Japanese, until the sun was sinking in the west. The cloud-banner had grown crimson and purple in the sunset when we wandered into the hospitable doorway of the wayside inn at Oiwake. There we made our headquarters for the week, and thence we carried away a thousand butterflies and moths and two thousand beetles as the guerdon of our chase. Genus PHYCIODES, Doubleday (The Crescent-spots) *' Flusheth the rise with her purple favor, Gloweth the cleft with her golden ring. Twixt the two brown butterflies waver, Lightly settle, and sleepily swing." Jean Ingelow. Butterfly. — The butterflies composing this genus are generally quite small. The'V wings on the upper side are fulvous, or brown., with black margins, spots, and lines upon the upper side of the wings, and with the under side of the wings reproducing 150 Genus Phyciodes the spots of the upper side in pnler tints. Of the spots of the under side of the wings one of the most characteristic is the pale crescent situated on the outer margin of the hind wings, between the ends of the second and third me- dian nervules. This spot is frequently pearly- white or silvered. Structurally the butterllies of this genus may be distinguished from the pre- ceding genus by the enlarged second joint of the palpi and the very fine, extremely pointed third joint, in the neuration of the wings and in their habits these butterflies closely approximate MtiitiVa. Fig. 92.— Neuia- £i'o-5.— The eggs are always higher than tion of the geims ^' o Phyciodes broad, with the surface at the base more or less pitted, giving them a thimble-like appearance. On the upper end in some species they have a few short, vertical ridges, radiating from the micropyle. Caterpillar. — The caterpillar is cylindrical, marked with pale longitudinal stripes upon a darker ground, and adorned with tubercles arranged in regular rows. These tubercles are generally much shorter than in the genus Me//ta\h The caterpillars do not, so far as is known, weave webs at any time- Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is pendant, with the head slightly bifid. The dorsal region of the abdomen is provided with slight tubercles. The color is generally some shade of pale gray, blotched with black or dark brown. This genus finds its principal development in South and Cen- tral America, which are very rich in species, some of them mimicking in a most marvelous manner the butterflies of the pro- tected genus Helicoiiins and its allies. The species found in the United States and Canada are for the most part not very gaily colored insects, chaste shades of brown, or yellow, and black predominating. (i) Phyciodes nycteis, Doubleday and Hewitson, Plate XVII, Fig. 28, I , under side; Fig. 29, 6 ; Fig. 30, $ ; Plate V, Fig. 19, chrysalis (Nycteis). Butterfly. — On the upper side very closely resembling Melita'a harrisi, for which it may easily be mistaken upon the wing. Tiie under side of the hind wings is very different, and may at once be distinguished by the lighter color of the base of the wing, Genus Phycioaes and the pale, silvery crescent on the outer margin. Expanse, $ , 1. 25-1. 65 inch; ?, 1.65-2.00 inches. Egg. — The egg is half as high again as broad, marked with sixteen or seventeen vertical ribs above, and pitted about the middle by hexagonal cells. It is pale green in color. Caterpillar. — The caterpillar undergoes four moults after hatching. In the mature stage it is velvety-black, with a dull orange stripe along the back, and purplish streaks on the sides. The body is studded with whitish spots, each giving rise to a delicate black hair, and is further beset with rather short, black, hairy spines. Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is pearly-gray, blotched with dark brown. The life-history of this species has been carefully worked out, and all the details may be found described in the most minute manner by Edwards and by Scudder. The insect ranges from Maine to North Carolina, and thence westward to the foot-hills of the Rocky Mountains. (2) Phyciodes ismeria, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XVli, Fig. 24, 6 ; Fig. 25, 6 , under side (Ismeria). Butterfly, 5 . — Easily distinguished from all other allied species by the double row of small light spots on the dark margin of the fore wings on the upper side, and by the silvery, narrow, and greatly bent line of bright silvery spots crossing the middle of the hind wings on the under side. ? . — The female is like the male, but larger and paler, and all the spots on the upper side are pale fulvous, and not as distinctly white on the outer margin as in the male sex. Expanse, 5 , 1.15-1.35 inch; ?, 1.35-2.00 inches. Caterpillar. — The caterpillar, according to Boisduval and Leconte, is yellowish, with blackish spines and three longitudinal blackish stripes. The head, the thoracic legs, and the under side are black; the other legs are yellow. Chrysalis. — According to the same authors, the chrysalis is pale gray, with paler light spots and nearly white dorsal tubercles. This insect ranges over a wide territory from Canada to the Southern and Western States east of the Rocky Mountains. (3) Phyciodes vesta, Edwards, Plate XVll, Fig. 17, ^ ; Fig. 18, ?; Fig. 19, ?, under side (Yesta). Butterfly, 6 . — On the upper side it closely resembles the win- 152 Explanation of Plate XVII 1. Melitcpa alma, Strecker, ^. 33. 2. Melito'a clada, Hewitson, (^. 3. MeliJcva chara, Edwards, (^. 24. 4. Melita-a chara, Edwards, cJ*, under side. 25. 5. Melitcva barrisi, Scudder, (^. 6. Melita-a barrisi, Scudder, 9 . under 26. side. 7. Melifa-a whitnefi, Behr, (j^. 27. 8. Mclitcva whitnejyi, Behr, (^f , tinder 28. 9. Meliicva wrighti, Edwards, (^. 29. to. Melitcca wrighti, Edwards, 9> ""- t^^r side. 30. 11. Melitcpa niinida, Edwards, t^, un- der side. 3 1 . 12. Melitcea miniita, Edwards, (^. 32. 13. Melitcra hoffnianni, Behr, (^. 33. 14. Melitcca hoffnianni, Behr, 9> '■''ber- 34- 15. Melita'a thekla, Edwards, (^, under 3s. side. 36. 16. Melita-a thekla, Edwards, (^. 1 7. Phyciodes vesta, Edwards, (^. 37. 18. Phyciodes vesta, Edwards, $. 58. 19. P/^vcio^^^s z)^s/tr, Edwards, '^ , under side. 39. 20. Phyciodes picta, Edwards, 9> """ 4°- 21. Phyciodes picta, Edwards, (^. 41. i3. Phj>ciodes phaon, Edwards, ^. 42. Phyciodes phaon, Edwards, 9) w- ^^^r side. Phyciodes ismeria, Boisduval and Leconte, (^. Phyciodes isweria, Boisduval and Leconte, (^, under side. Phyciodes niontana, Belir, 9i ""' der side. Phyciodes niontana, Behr, (^. Phyciodes nycteis, Doiibleday and Hewitson, (5*, under side. Phyciodes nycteis, Doubleday and Hewitson, (^. Phyciodes nycteis, Doubleday and Hewitson, 9- Phyciodes orseis, Edwards, (^. Phyciodes camillus, Edwards, (^. Phyciodes caniilliis, Edwards, 9- Phyciodes camillus, Edwards, (^, under side. Phyciodes bates!, Reakirt, (^. Phyciodes batesi, Reakirt, (j^, under side. Phyciodes pratensis, Behr, (^. Phyciodes pratensis, Behr, 9) ""■ der side. Eresia punctata, Edwards, (^. Phyciodes niylitia, Edwards, (^, under side. Phyciodes niylilta, Edwards, (^. Eresia frisia, Poey, (^ . "he Butterfly Book Plate XVII. LD BY W, J. HOLLAND. 1893. ^1 Genus Phyciodes ter form marcia of Phyciodes tharos, Drury; but the black markings are more evenly distribuled. The under side is a pale yellowish-fulvous, and the black markings are slight. $ . — The female is like the male, but paler. Expanse, 6 , 1. 15 inch; ?, 1.23 inch. Early Stages. — The chrysalis has been described by Edwards in the " Canadian Entomologist," vol. xi, p. 129. This is all we know of the early life of the insect. It is found in Texas and Mexico. (4) Phyciodes phaon, Edwards, Plate XVII, Eig. 22, 6 ; Fig. 23. ?, under side (Phaon). Butterfly, 6 • — The ground-color of the male is paler on the upper side than in Phyciodes tharos, and the black markings are much heavier. The median band on the fore wings is yellowish. The wings on the under side are yellow, shaded with fulvous on the primaries, on which the dark markings are heavy. ?. — Like the male. Expanse, 5,. 90 inch; ?, 1.25 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. This insect inhabits the Gulf States, and has been occasionally taken in Kansas. (5) Phyciodes tharos, Drury, Plate XVIIl, Fig. 1,6; Fig. 2, ? ; var. marcia, Edwards, Plate XVIil, Fig. 3, 6 ; Fig. 4. $ ; Plate V, Figs. 20-22, chrysalis (The Pearl Crescent). Butterfly. — This very common and well-known little insect scarcely needs to be described. The upper side is bright fulvous, with heavy black borders; all the other dark markings are slight. The wings on the under side are paler, with the dark markings of the upper side showing through, and there are additional markings ofbrown on the hind wings. Expanse, S, 1.25 inch; ?, 1.65 inch. Early Stages. — The early stages of this insect have been worked out with the most extreme care by Mr. Edwards, and the reader who is curious to know about them should consult "The Butterflies of North America." Dr. Scudder also has minutelv and laboriously described the early stages in "The Butterflies of New England." The tgg is light greenish-yellow. The cater- pillar, which feeds upon various species of aster and allied Coiii- posita^, is dark brown after the third moult, its back dotted with yellow, adorned with short, black, bristly spines, which are yel- low at the base. The chrysalis is grayish-white, mottled with dark spots and lines. »53 Genus Phyciodes This species is one of many dimorphic species, the wintei form marc/a, which emerges in spring, having the under side brighter, and the light markings more conspicuous on that side than in the summer form, which has been called niorpheus. Con- cerning all of this, and the way in which cold affects the color of butterflies, the reader will do well to consult the splendid pages of Edwards and of Scudder. The pretty little Pearl Crescent ranges from southern Labrador to Florida; in fact, all over North America north of Texas and south of the region of Hudson Bay, except the Pacific coast of California. (6) Phyciodes batesi, Reakirt, Plate XVII, Fig. 35, 6 ; Fig. 36, 2 , tfiider side (Bates' Crescent-spot). Butterfly, 6 . — On the upper side much like P. tharos, with the black markings very heavy. The under side of the hind wings is uniformly pale fulvous or yellow, with a row of faint submarginal brown spots. ?. — Like the male. Expanse, 5, 1.25 inch; ?, 1.50-1.65 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. This species ranges from New York to Virginia, and westward to Ohio. (7) Phyciodes pratensis, Behr, Plate XVll, Fig. 37, S ; Fig. 38, ?, zz/Zif^r 5/Vf^ (The Meadow -Crescent-spot). Butterfly, 6 . — The butterfly resembles the preceding species on the upper side, but the ground-color is much paler and the black markings are not so heavy. The under side of the wings is pale fulvous, spotted with yellow. ?. — The female has the black markings of the upper side heavier than the male, and all the spots pale yellow. The mark- ings on the under side are heavier than in the male sex. Ex- panse, 6, 1. 1 5 inch; ?, 1.40 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. The range of this species is the Pacific coast from Oregon to Arizona. (8) Phyciodes orseis, Edwards, Plate XVII, Fig. 31. 6 (Orseis). Butterfly, S .—The dark markings on the upper side are much heavier than in either of the two preceding species, and the ful- vous spots are smaller, the marginal crescents more regular and ^ 1154 Genus Phyciodes distinct. The markings on the under side are also much heavier than in P. batcsi or P. pratcnsis. ?. — The female is like the male, but all the dark markings are heavier and the pale markings lighter. Expanse, 6, 1.35 inch; $, 1,60 inch. Earlv Sfciiirs. — These remain to be described. PhyciOiles orseis ranges from Washington Territory in the north to Mexico in the south. (9) Phyciodes camillus, Edwards, Plate XVII, Fig. 32, $ ; Fig. }}, ? ; Fig. 34, 6 , under side (The Camillus Crescent). Biittcrfy, 6 . — The male is more like P. pratensis, but the light spots on the primaries are paler, on the secondaries brighter, fulvous. The dark markings on the under side are }ess pro- nounced than in pratensis. ?. — The female is much like the male. Expanse, 6, 1.30 inch ; ?, 1.50 inch. Early Stages. — These are wholly unknown. The species is reported from British Columbia, Colorado, Mon- tana, Kansas, and Texas. (10) Phyciodes mylitta, Edwards, Plate XVII, Fig. 40, 6, under side ; Fig. 41, 6 (The Mylitta Crescent). Butterfly, S . — Broadly bright fulvous on the upper side, with the dark markings slight; on the under side closely resem- bling P. tbaros, var. marcia, Edwards. ? . — The female is like the male, but paler. Expanse, 6 , 1. 15 inch; ?, i. 25-1. 50 inch. Early Stages. — These have been described by Mr, Harrison G. Dyar in the "Canadian Entomologist," vol. xxiii, p. 203. The eggs are laid in clusters upon the thistle (Carduus). The cater- pillar in its final stage after the fourth moult is black, yellowish below, with a faint twinned yellow dorsal line and faint lines of the same color on the sides. The spines, which are arranged in six rows, are black; those of segments four, five, and six, yellow. The chrysalis is dull wood-brown. This species has a wide range in the region of the Rocky Mountains, extending from Washington to Arizona, and eastward to Colorado. (11) Phyciodes barnesi, Skinner, Plate XVIII, Fig. ^, 6 (Barnes' Crcscent-spotj. Butterfly, 6 . — Very like the following species, with the light »55 Genus Phyciodes fulvous of the upper side of the wings more widely extended, causing the dark markings to be greatly restricted. The figure in the plate is, in this species as in most others, that of the type, and I am under obligations to Dr. Skinner for kind permission to have the use of the specimen. Expanse, 1.75 inch. The type came from Colorado Springs. (12) Phyciodes montana, Behr, Plate XVII, Fig. 26, ?, underside; Fig. 27, ? (The Mountain Crescent-spot). Butterfly. — Upon the upper side the wings are marked much as in P. camiltus, but are prevalently bright fulvous, with the dark markings quite slight in most specimens. On the under side the wings are pale yellowish-fulvous. The female usually has the secondaries crossed by a broad median band of very pale spots. Expanse, 3, 1.25 inch; ?, 1.50 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. The habitat of this species is the Sierras of California and Nevada. (13) Phyciodes picta, Edwards, Plate XVII, Fig. 20, ?, underside; Fig. 21, 6 (The Painted Crescent-spot). Butterfly. — The butterfly in both sexes somewhat closely re- sembles P, pbaou on the upper side. On the under side the fore wings are red on the median area, with the base, the costa, the apex, and the outer margin pale yellow; the black markings very prominent. The hind wings on the under side are nearly im- maculate yellow. Expanse, 6 , .80-1. 10 inch; ? , 1. 10-1.25 inch. Early Stages. — These may be found described with minute ex- actness by Mr. W. H. Edwards in the pages of the "Canadian Entomologist," vol. xvi, pp. 163-167. The egg is yellowish- green. The caterpillar moults five times. When mature it is about six tenths of an inch long, armed with seven principal rows of short spines, which appear to vary in color in the spring and fall broods, being light brown in the June brood and greenish- yellow in the October brood. The prevalent color of the cater- pillar is some shade of yellowish- or greenish-brown, mottled with lighter and darker tints. The chrysalis is yellowish-brown. The food-plants of the caterpillar are various species of aster. This species is found as far north as Nebraska, and is abundant in Colorado and New Mexico, ranging southward through Ari zona into Mexico. . 156 Explanation of Plate XVIII 1. Pbyciodestharos, Druiy, (^. 2. Pbyciodes tbaros, Drary, ?. 3. Pbyciodes tbaros, var. iiuircia, Ed- wards, (J*. 4. Pbyciodes tbaros, var. marcia, Ed- wards, 9. 5. Pbyciodes barnesi. Skinner, (^ . 6. Argynuis snyderi, Skinner, (^. 7. Argynnis platiua, Skinner, (^. 8. Eresia texana, Edwards, 9 . 9. Eresia texana, Edwards, ^, ?/;/J^r 10. Syncbloe j'anais, Drury, (^. 11. Syncbloe lacinia, Hubner, (^. 12. Eresia iantbe, Fabncius, (^. 13. Melitcca anicia, var. beani, Skin- ner, J*. 14. Brcntbis astarte, Doubleday and Hewitson, (^. 15. Breiitbis astarte, Doubleday and Hewitson, (J*, under side. \6. Brentbis helena, Edwards, (;^, under side. 17. Brentbis belena, Edwards, (J'. 18. Debis creola, Skinner, (^. 19. D^J/s c/Yo/tT, Skinner, 9- 20. Debis portlandia, Fabricius, (^. 21. Geirocbeilus tritonia, Edwards, (J* • I '• 1 1 7 f 1 1 1 ■, r PLATE XVIII. '^niOHTCO or «. J. rlOH.AN3, 16 Genus Eresia Genus ERESIA, Doubleday Butterffy. — Small butterllies, closely resembling the species of the genus P/jyiiodes in the neuiation of the wings, and only ditfei- ing from them in the outline of the outer margin of the primaries, which are more or less excavated about the mid- dle. In the style of tlie markings they differ somewhat widely from the butterflies of the genus Phyciodes, notably in the absence of the crescents on the margins of the wings. The wings on the upper side are generally some shade of deep brown or black, marked with spots and bands of white or fulvous, the median band on the hind wings being generally more or less conspicuous. In the Fig. o-j.— Neu- pattern of their markings they illustrate a transition ration of the genus from the genus Phyciodes to the genus Synchloe. enlarged. ^ '^' ^ ^ Egg. — Hitherto undescribed. Caterpillar. — Cylindrical, with seven rows of spines, one dorsal, and three lateral on each side; the spines are short, blunt, and armed with short bristles. The head is subcordate, with the vertices rounded. It moults four times. Chrysalis. — Cylindrical, abdomen stout, head-case short, bev- eled, nearly square at top, the vertices pyramidal. There are three rows of small tubercles on the dorsal side of the abdo- men. The caterpillars so far as known feed upon various Composita-, as Diclippa and Actiiiomeris. The genus, which is somewhat doubtfully separable from Phy- ciodes, and probably possesses only subgencric value, is well represented in Central and South America. But three species are found in the faunal region of which this book treats. (i) Eresia frisia, Poey, Plate XVII, Fig. 42, 5 (Frisia). i5////t'/y/,r. — Upper side reddish-fulvous, clouded with fuscous at the base. On the basal area are waved black lines, separate on the hind wings, more or less blended on the lore wings The outer border is broadly black. Between this border and the basal third the wing is crossed by irregular black bands, the spaces between which ate paler fulvous than the base and the hind wings, those near the outer margin being whitish. These »57 Genus Eresia bands are continued broadly across the hind wings. The wings on the under side are fulvous, mottled with dark brown and white, and spotted with conspicuous white spots. The male and the female closely resemble each other. Expanse, 1.40 inch. The early stages are wholly unknown. The only locality within the limits of the United States in which this insect has been found is Key West, in Florida. It is abundant in the Antilles, Mexico, Central and South America. (2) Eresia texana, Edwards, Plate XVlll, Fig. 8; ? ; Fig. 9, 5 , under side (The Texan Eresia)„ Bnttei'jly. — Black on the upper side of the wings, shading into reddish-brown on the basal area. The fore wings are spotted on the median and limbal areas with white, and the hind wings are adorned by a conspicuous median band of small white spots. On the under side the fore wings are fulvous at the base, broadly dark brown beyond the middle. The light spots of the upper side reappear on the lower side. The hind wings on the under side are marbled wood-brown on the basal area and the inner margin, darker brown externally. The white macular band of the upper side reappears on this side, but less distinct than above^ Expanse, S, i. 25-1. 50 inch; ?, 1.60- 1.7 5 inch. Early Stages. — For the only account of the life-history of this species the reader is referred to the "Canadian Entomologist," vol. xi, p. 127, where the indefatigable Edwards gives us an interesting account of his original observations. This insect ranges from Texas into Mexico. It has been con- founded by some with a closely allied insect, Eresia ianthe, Fabricius, and to show the difference we have given in Plate XVIIl, Fig. 12, a representation of that species, by means of which the reader will be enabled to mark the difference on the upper surfaces of the two species. (3) Eresia punctata, Edwards, Plate XVll, Fig. 39, 6 (The Dotted Eresia). Butterfly. — A lengthy description of this little species is scarcely necessary, as the figure in the plate will suffice for its accurate determination. Nothing is known of its early stages. Expanse, 1. 10 inch. It is found in New Mexico, Texas, Arizona, and Mexico. It has been recently declared to be identical with E. tulcis, Bates, an opinion I am not quite prepared to accept, but 158 Genus Svnchloe which, if correct, will force us. according to the law of priority, to substitute the name given by Bates for thai given by Edwards. Genus SYNCHLOE, Boisduval (The Patched Butterflies) Butterfly, — Medium-sized or small butterflies, rather gaily colored, although the species found in the United States are not very brilliant. They may be distmguished structuially from the butterflies of the two preceding genera not only by their larger size and the spindle- formed third article of the palpi, which in the genera Eresia and Pbyciodcs is thin and pointed like a needle, but also by the fact that the lower discocellular vein of the fore wings is generally quite straight and not bowed or angled as in the before-mentioned genera. Egg. — Similar in appearance to the eggs of the genus Pbyciodes : obovoid, truncated F1G.94.— Neurationof and slightly depressed at top, rounded at the the genus Syuchloi', en- bottom ; the lower three fifths with shallow ^"^^^^ ' depressions ; the upper part with about twenty-four light blunt- edged ribs. The eggs are laid in clusters upon the leaves of Helianthus. Caterpillar. — Varying in color, generally black or some shade of red or brown, covered with spines which are arranged as in the genus Melita'a and are thickly beset with diverging bristles. The caterpillar moults four times. Chrysalis. — Shaped as in the genus Melita'a, light in color, blotched with dark-brown or black spots and lines. The genus is well represented in Central and South America. Some of the species are polymorphic, many varieties being pro- duced from a single batch of eggs. The result has been con- siderable confusion in the specific nomenclature. (i) Synchloe janais, Drury, Plate XVIII. Fig. lo, 6 (The Crimson-patch). Butterfly. — Pore wings black above, spotted with white; hind wings black above, marked in the center with a broad band »59 Genus Sytichloe of crimson. On the under side the markings of the upper side of the fore wings are reproduced. The hind wings on the under side are black at the base and on the outer third; immediately at the base is a yellow bar; across the middle is a broad yellow band laved outwardly by red, upon which are numerous black spots. There is a marginal row of yellow spots and an inner row of smaller white spots on the limbal area. Expanse, 2.^0- 3.00 inches. Early Stages. — V/h-dt is known of these is contained in articles published by Mr. William Schaus, "Papilio," vol. iii, p. 188; and by Henry Edwards, " Entomologica Americana," vol. iii, p. 161, to which the reader may refer. The habitat of the species is Texas, Mexico, and Central America. The insect is very variable in the markings both of the upper and under sides, and several so-called species are only varietal forms of this. (2) Synchloe lacinia, HQbner, Plate XVill, Fig. 11, $ \ form crocale, Edwards, Plate XXIV, Fig. 8, 6 , under side; Fig. 9, 6 (Lacinia). Butterfly. — This is a protean species, a dozen or more well- marked varietal forms being produced, many of them from a single batch of eggs. The wings on the upper side are black; both primaries and secondaries are crossed about the middle by a band of spots, generally broken on the primaries and continuous on the secondaries. These spots in the typical form lacinia are fulvous, and the bands are broad. In the form crocale the spots are white, the bands narrow. A great variety of intergrading forms are known and are represented in the author's collection, most of them bred specimens reared from the egg. On the under side the fore wings are marked as on the upper side. The hind wings on the under side are black, with a marginal row of spots, a transverse straight median band, a short basal band, and a costal edging, all bright straw-yellow; in addition there is a submarginal row of small white spots and a crimson patch of variable size at the anal angle. Expanse, 5 , 1.50-2.00 inches; ?, 1.75-2.75 inches. Early Stages. — These are described fully by Edwards in the ''Canadian Entomologist," vol. xxv, p. 286. Lacinia ranges from Texas and New Mexico to Bolivia. 160 Faunal Regions FAUNAL REGIONS Th;it bninch of zoological science which treats of the geograph- ical distribution of animals is known as zoogeography. None of the zoological sciences has contributed more to a knowledge of the fads with which zoogeography deals than the science of entomology. Various divisions of the surface of the earth, based upon the character of the living beings which inhabit them, have been sug- gested. At the present time, however, it is agreed that in a general way five major subdivisions are sufficient for the purposes of the science, and we therefore recognize five faunal regions, namely, the PLihvarctic, which includes the temperate regions of the eastern hemisphere; the Indo-Malayaii, covering the tropics of Asia and the islands Iving south of that great continent, in- cluding Australia; the Etblopiati. covering the continent of Africa south of the lands bordering on the Mediterranean, and extending northward into the southern part of Arabia; the Neotropical, covering the continent of South America and the islands of the Caribbean Sea and the Gulf of Mexico; and, finally, the Nearctic, covering the temperate and polar regions of North America. The butterflies with which this volume deals are mostlv nearctic species, only a few species representing the neotropical region being found as stragglers into the extreme southern portion of the United States. These five faunal regions are characterized by the presence of certain groups of insects which are more or less peculiar to them. In the Palaearctic Region, for instance, we find a very great de- velopment of the Siityn'ihV, of the genera Argyuiiis, Melitiva, and Lycivna, and of the genus Colias. The genus Papilio is but poorly represented, there being only three species found on the entire continent of Europe, and companitively few in Asia north of the Himalayan mountain-ranges. As soon as we pass from the boundaries of the Palicarctic Region into India there is discovered a great number of species of the genus Papilio. The Hiiphriiuv, of various genera, swarm, and splendid creatures, magnificent in color, present themselves, replacing among the Nynipluiliiur the small and obscurely col- ored forms which are found among the mountains of Hurope and on the great Asiatic steppes. In the Indo-Malavan Region one 161 Faunal Regions of the most gorgeous of the papilionine genera is known as Orni- thoptera. These great "bird-wing" butterflies are most brilliant in color in the male, and in the female attain an expanse of wing reaching in some species eight and even nine inches, so that it would be impossible to represent them in their natural dimen- sions upon a page such as that which is before the reader. One of these giants of the butterfly family, named l^ictona after her Majesty the Queen of England, is found in the Solomon Islands, and is probably the largest of all known butterflies. One speci- men, belonging to the author, has an expanse of wing exceeding nine inches. Among the strangest of recent discoveries is Onii- tboptera paradisea, which is found in New Guinea. The male has the hind wings produced in the form of a very delicate and slender tail; the upper surfiices of the wing are broadly marked with shining green and lustrous orange upon a velvety-black ground. The female is black with white spots, slightly marked with yel- low, being obscure in color, as is for the most part characteristic of this sex among butterflies, as well as other animals. The Ethiopian Region is rich in beautiful butterflies of the genus Callosune, which are white or yellow, having the tips of the an- terior wings marked with crimson or purple. There are many scores of species of these which are found on the grassy park-like lands of southeastern Africa, and they range northward through Abyssinia into Arabia, and a few species even invade the hot lands of the Indian peninsula. In the great forests of the Congo, and in fact throughout tropical Africa, the genus Acrcea, com- posed of beautiful insects with long, narrow wings like the genus Helkouiiis, but for the most part yellow, rich brown, and red, spotted with black, abound. And here, too, are found some of the noblest species belonging to the great genus Papilio, among them that most singular and, until recently, rarest of the genus, Papilio antimachiis of Drury, one specimen of which, among a dozen or more in the author's possession, has wings which exceed in expanse even those of Oniithoptera victoria, though this but- terfly, which seems to mimic the genus Acra\i, has compara- tively narrow wings, and they, therefore, do not cover so large an area as is covered in the case of the genus Oniithoptera. In the Neotropical Region we are confronted by swarms of butterflies belonging to the Itl)omiiua;, the Heliconiincc, and the Acrceina% all of which are known to be protected species, and 162 Genus Grapta which are mimicked by other species among the butterflies and moths of the region which they frequent. A naturalist familiar with the characteristics of the butterfly fauna of South America can at a glance determine whether a collection placed before him is from that country or not, merely by his knowledge of the peculiar coloration which is characteristic of the lepidoptera of the region. The most brilliant butterflies of the neotropical fauna are the Morpbos, glorious insects, the under side of their wings marked with eye-like spots, the upper side resplendent in varying tints of iridescent blue. In the Nearctic Region there is a remarkable development of the genera Argyiniis, Me/ifcVii, and Pbyciodes. There are also a great many species of the Satyrincv and of the HcspcrHiicr, or "skippers." The genus Colias is also well represented. The Nearctic Region extends southwardly into northern Mexico, at high elevations, and is even continued along the chain of the Andes, and there are species which are found in the vicinity of San Francisco which occur in Chili and Patagonia. In fact, when we get to the southern extremity both of Africa and of South America we find certain genera characteristic of the north tem- perate zone, or closely allied to them, well represented. Genus GRAPTA, Kirby (The Angle-Wings) Butterfly. — Medium-sized or small, characterized by the more or less deeply excavated inner and outer margins of the fore wings, the tail-like projection of the hind wings at the ex- tremity of the third median nervule, the closed cell of the same wings, and the thick squamation of the palpi on the under side, while on the sides and tops of the palpi there are but few scales. They are tawny on the upper side, spotted and bordered with black; on the under side mimick- ing the bark of trees and dead leaves, often with a ^-shaped silvery spot on the hind wings. The insects hibernate in the butterfly form in hollow trees and other hiding-places. ,. ''""'■ r^V.~^^«l,?.' ^ r (ion of the genus Egg. — The eggs are t-iller than broad, taper- Grjpta. 163 Genus Grapta ing upward from the base. The summit is broad and flat. The sides are marked by a few equidistant narrow longitudinal ribs, which increase in height to the top. A few delicate cross-lines are interwoven between these ribs. They are laid in clusters or in short string-like series (see p. 5, Fig. 10). Caterpillar. — The head is somewhat quadrate in outline, the body cylindrical, adorned with rows of branching spines (see Plate III, Figs. 23, 27, 31-33, 38). Chrysalis. — The chrysalids have the head more or less bifid. There is a prominent thoracic tubercle, and a double row of dorsal tubercles on the abdomen. Viewed from the back they are more or less excavated on the sides of the thorax. In color they are generally some shade of wood-brown or greenish. The caterpillars feed for the most part upon the Urticacece, plants of the nettle tribe, such as the stinging-nettle, the elm, and the hop-vine, though the azalea and wild currants furnish the food of some species. The genus is confined mainly to the north temperate zone. (i) Grapta interrogationis, Fabricius, Plate I, Fig. 3, 5, tinder side; form fabricii, Edwards, Plate XIX, Fig. i, <5 ; form umbrosa, Lintner, Plate XIX, Fig. 2, ? ; Plate III, Fig. 2}, larva, from a blown specimen; Fig. 27, larva, copied from a drawing by Abbot; Plate IV, Figs. 21, 22, 24-26, 40, chrysalis (The Ques- tion-sign). Butterfly. — Easily distinguished by its large size, being the largest species of the genus in our fauna. The fore wings are decidedly falcate, or sickle-shaped, bright fulvous on the upper side, spotted and bordered with dark brown and edged with pale blue. On the under side they are mottled brown, shaded with pale purplish, and have a silvery mark shaped like a semicolon on the hind wings. The dimorphic variety umbrosa, Lintner, has the upper side of the hind wings almost entirely black, except at the base. Expanse, 2.50 inches. Early Stages. — These have been frequently described, and the reader who wishes to know all about the minute details of the life-history will do well to consult the pages of Edwards and Scudder, who have written voluminously upon the subject. The food-plants are the elm, the hop-vine, and various species of nettles. This is one of our commonest butterflies. It is double- brooded in the Middle States. It hibernates in the imago form, 164 Explanation of Plate XIX 1. Grapta interrogationis, Fabricius, 9. yanessa j-aJbum,^o\sdi\iV2\ 3.ndi Le- wzx.fahricii, Edwards, c^. conte, ?. 2. Grapta interrogationis, Fabricius, 10. Grapta gracilis, Grote and Robin- var. unibrosa, Lintner, 9- son, (J*. 3. Grapta comma, Harris, var. drj'as, 11. Grapta gracilis, Gvote and Robinson, Edwards, (^. 9 , tinder side. 4. Grapta comma, Hams, VSLT. barrisi, 12. Grapta faiitnis, Edw:irds, (^. Edwards, (^. 13. Grapta /annus, Edwards, ^f , under 5. Grapta silenus, Edwards, (^. side. 6. Grapta silenus, Edwards, (^, under 14. Grapta satyr us, Edwards, var. mar' side. syas, Edwards, ^. 7. Grapta i&y/^s, Edwards, J*. 15. Grapta satyr us, Edwards, var. mar- 8. Grapta hylas, Edwards, (^, under syas, Edwards, (^, under side. side. Butterfly Book. Plate XIX •"Tto er W. J. MOLLASO, USB. Genus Grapta and when the first warm whids of spring begin to blow, it may be found at the sap-pans in the sugar-camps, sipping the sweets which drip from the wounded trunks of the maples. It ranges all over the United States, except the Pacific coast, and is com- mon throughout Canada and Nova Scotia. (2) Grapta comma, Harris, form dryas, Plate XIX, Fig. 3, ,3 ; form harrisi, Edwards, Fig. 4, 6 ; Plate 111, Fig. 38, larva ; Plate IV, Figs. 27, 29, 30, 39, 46-48, chrysalis (The Comma Butterfly). Butterfly. — Dimorphic, in the form dryas with the hind wings heavily suffused with black, in the form harrisi predominantly fulvous. Expanse, 1.75-2.00 inches. The caterpillars feed upon the Urticacece, and are very com- mon upon the nettle. They vary greatly in color, some being almost snow-white. This species is found throughout Canada and the adjacent provinces, and ranges south to the Carolinas and Texas and over the Northwestern States. (3) Grapta satyrus, Edwards, Plate XX, Fig. i, 9 ; Fig. 2, ?, under side; form marsyas, Edwards, Plate XIX, Fig. 14, 5 ; Fig. 15, 5, under side; Plate III. Fig. ^}, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 41, 42, chrysalis (The Satyr). Butterfly. — The species is so accurately depicted in the plates that a description is hardly necessary. The form marsyas is smaller, brighter, and with the dark spots on the upper side of the hind wings reduced in size. Expanse, 1.75-2.00 inches. The food-plant of the caterpillar is the nettle. It occurs occa- sionally in Ontario, and thence ranges west, being not uncommon from Colorado to California and Oregon. (4) Grapta hylas, Edwards, Plate XIX, Fig. 7, 6 \ Fig. 8, 6 , under side (The Colorado Angle- wing). Butterfly. — The butterfly closely resembles G. silenus on the upper side, but may easily be distinguished by the uniform pale purplish-gray of the lower sideof the wings. Expanse, 2.00 inches. The early stages are unknown. The insect has thus far been found only in Colorado, but no doubt occurs in other States of the Rockv Mountain region. (s) Grapta faunus, Edwards, Plate XIX, Fig. \2, 6 \ Fig. 13, <5 , under side; Plate 111, Fig. }2, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 31, 33-35, chrysalis (The Faun). Butterfly. — This species is readily recognized by the deep indentations of the hind wings, the heavy black border, and the 165 Genus Grapta dark tints of the under side mottled with paler shades. Expanse, 2.00-2. 15 inches. The caterpillar feeds on willows. It is found from New England to the Carolinas, and thence westward to the Pacific. (6) Grapta zephyrus, Edwards, Plate XX, Fig. 5, 6 ', Fig. 6, $ , under side (The Zephyr). Butferjfy. —FuWous, marked with yellowish toward the outer margins, the dark markings upon which are not as heavy as in the other species of the genus. On the under side the wings are paler than is the case in other species, reddish-brown, marbled with darker brown lines and frecklings. Expanse, 1.75-2.00 inches. The caterpillar, which feeds upon Aialea occideiitalis, is de- scribed and figured by Edwards in "The Butterflies of North America," vol. i. Zephynis is found throughout the region of the Rocky Mountains, from Colorado to California, and from Oregon to New Mexico. (7) Grapta gracilis, Grote and Robinson, Plate XIX, Fig. 10, 3 ; Fig. II, ?, under side (The Graceful Angle-wing). Butterfly. — A small species, rather heavily marked with dark brown or blackish on the upper side. The wings on the under side are very dark, crossed about the middle by a pale-gray or white band shading off toward the outer margins. This light band serves as a means of easily identifying the species. Ex- panse, 1.75 inch. The early stages are unknown. The species has been found on the White Mountains in New Hampshire, in Maine, Canada, and British America, as far west as Alaska. (8) Grapta silenus, Edwards, Plate XIX, Fig. 5, $, ; Fig. 6, ? , under side (Silenus). Butterfly. — Larger than gracilis, and the wings more deeply excised, as in faunus. On the under side the wings are very dark, with lighter irrorations, especially on the fore wings. Ex- panse, 2.00-2.30 inches. The early stages have never been studied. This species appears to be found only in Oregon, Washington, and British Columbia. (9) Grapta progne, Cramer, Plate XX, Fig. 3, 6 ; Fig. 4, 5 , under side; Plate III, Fig. 31, larva; Plate IV, Figs. }2, 37, 38, chrysalis (Progne). \66 Genus Vanessa Buttcrjly. — A rather small species, with light-fulvous fore wings, shading into yellow toward the outer margins; the dark markings slight, but deep in color. The secondaries are heavily bordered with black on the outer margin. On the under side the wings are very dark, variegated with paler shades, somewhat as in G. gracilis. Expanse, 1.85-2.00 inches. The early stages have been quite fully described by various authors, and the reader may consult "The Butterflies of New England," vol. i, pp. 266-268, for a full account. The caterpillar feeds on the elm, but more commonly on various species of the Grossnlacea% or currant tribe, wild or domesticated. It ranges from Siberia to Nova Scotia, and southward as far as Pennsyl- vania. There are several other species of Grapta found in our fauna, which are not delineated in this book; but they are rare species, of which little is as yet known. The types are in the collection of the writer, and if the reader finds any species which he cannot identify by means of this book the author will be pleased to help him to the full extent of his ability. Genus VANESSA, Fabricius (The Tortoise-shells) Butterfly. — Medium-sized insects, the wings on the upper side generally some shade of black or brown, marked with red, yellow, or orange. The head is moder- ately large, the eyes hairy, the palpi more or less heavily scaled, the prothoracic legs fee- ble and hairy. The lower discocelkilar vein of the fore wings, when present, unites with the third median nervule, not at its origin, but beyond on the curve. The cell of the primaries may or may not be closed. The cell of the secon- daries is open. The fore wings have the outer mar- gin more or less deeply excavatea between the extremities of the upper radial and the first medi- tion of the genus an, at which points the wings are rather strongly i^^ft'ssa. produced. The hind wings have the outer margin denticulate, strongly produced at the extremity of the third median nervule. 167 Genus Vanessa Efrg. — Short, ovoid, broad at the base, tapering toward the summit, which is broad and adorned with a few narrow, quite high longitudinal ridges, increasing in height toward the apex. Between these ribs are a few delicate cross-lines. They are generally laid in large clusters upon twigs of the food-plant. Caterpillar. — The caterpillar moults four times. In the ma- ture form it is cylindrical, the segments adorned with long, branching spines arranged in longitudinal rows; the spines much longer, and branching rather than beset with bristles, as in the genus Grapta. It lives upon elms, willows, and poplars. Chrysalis. — The chrysalis in general appearance is not unlike the chrysalis of Grapta. The genus is mainly restricted to the north temperate zone and the mountain regions of tropical lands adjacent thereto. The insects hibernate in the imago form, and are among the first butterflies to take wing in the springtime. (i) Vanessa j-album, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XIX, Fig. 9, ? (The Compton Tortoise). Butterfly. — No description is required, as the figure in the plate will enable it to be immediately recognized. On the under side of the wings it resembles in color the species of the genus Grapta, from which the straight edge of the inner margin of the primaries at once distinguishes it. It is a very close ally of the European V. van-album. Expanse, 2.60-2.75 inches. The caterpillar feeds upon various species of willow. It is a Northern form, being found in Pennsylvania upon the summits of the Alleghanies, and thence north to Labrador on the east and Alaska on the west. It is always a rather scarce insect. (2) Vanessa californica, Boisduval, Plate XX, Fig. 11, 6 (The California Tortoise-shell), Butterfly. — On the upper side deep fulvous, mottled with yel- low, spotted and bordered with black. On the under side dark brown ; pale on the outer half of the primaries, the entire surface marked with dark lines and fine striae. Expanse, 2.00-2.25 inches. Early Stages. — The larva and chrysalis have been described by Henry Edwards in the " Proceedings of the California Acad- emy of Sciences," vol. v, p. 171. The caterpillar feeds upon Ceanothus thyrsiflorus. This insect is a close ally of the European K. xanthomelas. it ranges from Colorado to California and as far north as Oregon. 168 Explanation of Plate XX 1. Grapta satfrus, Edwards, $. "j. Junonta ccenia, Huhner, 9. 2. Graptasatfrus, Edwards, $, under 8. Junonia Javinia, Cramer, ^, side. 9. Juuonia genoveva, Cramer, (J*. 3. Grapta progne, Cramer, ^. 10. Vanessa milberti, Godart, (^. 4. Grapta progne, Cramer, (^, under 11. Vanessa californica , Boisduval, (^ side. 12. Pyrameis career, Huhntx, (^. 5. Grapta i^ephjfrus, Edv/ards, (j^. 13. /Inartiajatrophcc, Linnaeus, (^. 6. Grapta ^ephjrus, Edwards, (^, under side. 5 BUTTERKLY BoOK PuAxe XX. rr^ L. ,'«0»T„. J, H01.L.N0. 18 I Genus Pyrameis (3) Vanessa milberti, Godart, Plate XX, Fig. 10, ^ ; Plate 111, Fig. 30, /iirvij ; Plate iV, iMgs. 43, 49, 50, chrysalis (Milbert's Tortoise-shell). Buttcrjly. — Easily distinguished by the broad yellow submar- ginal band on both wings, shaded outwardly by red. It is nearly related to the European V. iirtica\ Expanse, 1.75 inch. The life-history has been worked out and described by nu- merous writers. The caterpillars feed upon the nettle {Urtica). This pretty little fly ranges from the mountains of West Vir- ginia northward to Nova Scotia and Newfoundland, thence west- ward to the Pacific. (4) Vanessa antiopa, Linnaeus, Plate 1, Fig. 6, ? ; Plate III, Fig. 28, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 51, 58, 59, chrysalis (The Mourning-cloak; The Camberwell Beauty). Butterfly. — This familiar insect needs no description. It is well known to every boy in the north temperate zone. It is one of the commonest as well as one of the most beautiful species of the tribe. A rare aberration in which the yellow border invades the wing nearly to the middle, obliterating the blue spots, is some- times found. The author has a fine example of this "freak." The eggs are laid in clusters upon the twigs of the food- plant in spring (see p. 5, Fig. 1 1). There are at least two broods in the Northern States. The caterpillars feed on willows, elms, and various species of the genus Poptiliis. Genus PYRAMEIS, Doubleday Butterfly. — The wings in their neuration approach closely to the preceding genus, but are not angulate, and the ornamen- tation of the under side tends to become ocellate, or marked by eye-like spots, and in many of the species is ocellate. £^^. — The egg is broadly ovoid, being much like the egg of the genus yanessa. Caterpillar. — The caterpillar in its mature form is covered with spines, but these are not relatively as large as in Vanessa, and are not as distinctly branching. Chrysalis. — The chrysalis approaches in outline the chrysalis of the preceding genus, and is only differentiated by minor structural peculiarities. The genus includes only a few species, but some of them have 169 iSenus Pyrameis a wide range, Pyrameis cardui being almost cosmopolitan, and having a wider distribution than any other known buttertly. (i) Pyrameis atalanta, Linnaeus, Plate XLlll, Fig. 4, 6 ; Plate 111, Fig. 35, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 52, 53, 55, chrysalis (The Red Admi- ral). This familiar butterfly, which is found throughout North America, Europe, northern Asia, and Africa, needs no description beyond what is furnished in the plates. Expanse, 2.00 inches. The food-plants are Hiimulus, Boel)- meria, and Urtica. (2) Pyrameis huntera, Plate I, Fig. 2, $, ; Fig. 97. — Neura- Plate XXXlll, Fig. 6, 3, Under side; Plate 111, alts (Hunter's Butterfly). Butterfly. — Marked much like the following species, but easily distinguished at a glance by the two large eye-like spots on the under side of the hind wings. Expanse, 2.00 inches. Early Stages. — These have been frequently described, and are in part well depicted in Plates 111 and IV. The food-plants are cudweed {Gnaphalium) and Antennaria. Hunter's Butterfly ranges from Nova Scotia to Mexico and Central America east of the Sierras. (3) Pyrameis cardui, Linnseus, Plate 1, Fig. i, 3 ; Plate III, Fig. 37, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 60-62, chrysalis (The Painted Lady; The Thistle-butterfly). Butterfly. — This is undoubtedly the most widely distributed of all known butterflies, being found in almost all parts of the temperate regions of the earth and in many tropical lands in both hemispheres. It is easily distinguished from the preceding spe- cies by the more numerous and much smaller eye-like spots on the under side of the hind wings. Expanse, 2.00-2.25 inches. Early Stages. — These have been again and again described at great length and with minute particularity by a score of authors. The food-plants of the caterpillar are thistles (Carduus), Urtica, Cnicus, and Althaea. (4) Pyrameis caryae, Hubner, Plate XX, Fig. 12, S (The West Coast Lady). Butterfly. — This species is easily distinguished from P. cardui, 170 Widely Distributed Butterflies its nearest ally, by the absence of the roseate tint peculiar to that species, the tawnier ground-color of the upper surfaces, and the complete black band which crosses the middle of the cell of the primaries. Expanse, 2.00 inches. Early Stages. — These have not all been thoroughly described, but we have an account of the larva and chrysalis from the pen of Henry Edwards, in the " Proceedings of the California Acad- emy of Sciences, " vol. v, p. 329. The food-plant of the caterpil- lar is Lavatera assurgentiflora. This species ranges from Van- couver's Island to Argentina, and is found as far east as Utah. WIDELY DISTRIBUTED BUTTERFLIES The primal curse declared that the earth, because of man's sin, should bring forth thorns and thistles, and thistles are almost everywhere. Wherever thistles grow, there is found the thistle- butterfly, or the " Painted Lady," as English collectors are in the habit of calling it, Pyrameis carditi. All over Europe, all over North America, in Africa, —save in the dense jungles of the Congo, — throughout South America, in far-off Australia, and in many of the islands of the sea this beautiful butterfly is found. At some times it is scarce, and then again there are seasons when it fairly swarms, every thistle-top having one of the gaily colored crea- tures seated upon its head, and among the thorny environment of the leaves being found the web which the caterpillar weaves. Another butterfly which bids fair ultimately to take possession of the earth is our own Aiiosia plexippus, the wanderings of which have already been alluded to. Many species are found in the arctic regions both of the Old World and the New. Obscure forms are these, and lowly in their organization, survivors of the ice-age, hovering on the border- line of eternal frost, and pointing to the long-distant time when the great land-masses about the northern pole were knit together, as geologists teach us. One of the curious phenomena in the distribution of butterflies is the fact that in Florida we find Hypolimnas misippiis, a species which is exceedingly common in Africa and in the Indo-Malayan subregion. Another curious phenomenon of a like character is the presence in the Canary Islands of a Pyrameis, which appears 171 Genus Junonia to be only a subvariety of the well-known Pyrameis indica, which is common in India, southern China, and Japan. Away off in southeastern Africa, upon the peaks and foot-hills which surround the huge volcanic masses of Kilima-Njaro, Kenia, and Ruwenzori, was discovered by the martyred Bishop Hannington a beautiful species of Argynnis, representing a genus nowhere else found upon the continent of Africa south of Mediterranean lands. Strange isolation this for a butterfly claiming kin to the fritillaries that sip the sweets from clover-blossoms in the Bernese Oberland, in the valleys of Thibet, and on the prairies of the United States. Genus JUNONIA, Hubner. (Peacock Butterflies) Butterfly. — Medium-sized butterflies, with eye-like spots upon the upper wings. Their neuration is very much like that of the but- terflies belonging to the genus Pyrameis, to which they are closely allied. The eyes are naked, the fore feet are scant- ily clothed with hair, and the lower discocellular vein of the fore wing, when present, does not ter- minate on the arch of the third median nervule be- fore its origin, as in the genus Vanessa, but imme- diately at the origin of the third median nervule. Egg. — Broader than high, the top flattened, marked by ten vertical ribs, very narrow, but not very high. Between the ribs are a few delicate cross-lines. Fig. QS.—Neura- Caterpillar. — The caterpillar is cylindrical, tion of the genus ^j^g ggg^^gp^g ^^gj^g^ adorned with rows ofbranch- Junonia. ° * ing spines and longitudinally striped. Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is arched on the dorsal surfoce and marked by two rows of dorsal tubercles, concave on the ventral side. The head is slightly bifid, with the vertices rounded. There are eighteen or more species which belong to this genus, of which some are neotropical, but the greater number are found in the tropical regions of the Old World. Three forms occur within the limits of the United States, which have by some au- thors been reckoned as distinct species, and by others are regarded merely as varietal forms. 172 Genus Junonia (i) Junonia coenia, Hubner, Plate XX, Fig. 7, $ ; l^latc 111, Figs. 29, 30, larvj; Plate IV, Figs. 56, ^7, 65-67, chrysalis (The Buckeye). Butterfly. — The figure in the plate is far better than any verbal description. On the under side the eye-like spots of the upper side are reproduced, but are much smaller, especially on the hind wings. There is much variety in the ground-color of the wings on the under side. Some specimens are reddish-gray, and some are quite heavily and solidly pinkish-red on the secondaries. Expanse, 2.00-2.25 inches. Egg. — The egg is dark green. Caterpillar. — The caterpillar is dark in color, longituainally striped, and adorned with branching spines, two of which are on the head and po'nt forward. Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is generally pale wood-brown, strongly arched on the dorsal and concave on the ventral side. It always hangs at less than a right angle to the surface from which it depends. This is a very common butterfly in the Southern States, ranging northward as far as New England, westward to the Pacific, and southward to Colombia. The caterpillar feeds on various species of plantain {Plantago), also Gerardia and Antir- rhinuiu. When 1 was a lad in western North Carolina these insects fairly swarmed one summer; thousands of the caterpil- lars could be found in worn-out fields, feeding on the narrow- leaved plantain, and every fence-rail had one or more of their chrysalids hanging from the under side. 1 have never seen such multitudes of this species since then. The butterflies are quite pugnacious, and will fight with other passing butterflies, dashing forth upon them, and chasing them away. (2) Junonia lavinia, Cramer, Plate XX, Fig. 8, 6 (Lavinia). Butterfly. — This species may be distinguished by the more rounded apex and the more deeply excavated outer margin of the fore wings, and also by the decided elongation of the outer margin of the hind wings at the end of the submedian vein. The wings are paler on the upper side than in the preceding species, and the eye-like spots much smaller. Expanse, 2.00 inches. The early stages are not accurately known. The insect is common in the Antilles and South America, but is only now and then taken in the extreme southern parts of Texas. •73 Crenus Anartia (3) Junonia genoveva, Cramer, i I'ate XX, Fig. 9, <^ (Geno- veva). Butterfly. — Much darker above than either of the two pre- ceding species. " The transverse subapical band is pale yellow, almost white; the ocelli of the wings are more as in lavinia than in coenia. Expanse, about 2.00 inches. This form, if found at all in our fauna, is confined to the ex- treme South. I have seen and possess some specimens reputed to have come from Texas. The specimen figured in the plate was taken in Jamaica, where this form is prevalent. Genus ANARTIA, Doubleday Butterfly. — The head is small; the eyes are round and promi- nent; the tongue is long; the antennae are relatively long, having the club short, compressed, and pointed. The palpi have the second joint thick, the third joint gradually taper- ing and lightly clothed with scales. The fore wings are rounded at the apex, and have the outer and inner margins somewhat excavated. The outer margin of the hind wings is sinuous, produced at the end of the third median nervule. The cell of the hind wing is open. The sub- costal nervules in the fore wing are remarkable because of the tendency of the first and second to fuse with the costal vein. The prothoracic feet of the Fig. 9q.— Neu- male are small and weak; of the female, stronger. ration ot the eenus r- 1 c-, t-i c • i Anartia. Early Stages. — I hese, so far as is known to the writer, await description. There are four species belonging to this genus, only one of which is found within the limits of the United States. The others are found in Central and South America. (i) Anartia jatrophse, Linnaeus, Plate XX, Fig. 13, 5 (The White Peacock). Butterfly.— There can be no mistake made in the identifica- tion of this species if the figure we give is consulted. The male and female are much alike. Expanse, 1.7S-2.00 inches. Early Stages. — So far as is known to me, these have never been described. The butterfly is common throughout the »74 Genus Hypanartia tropics of the New World, and is occasionally found in southern Texas and Florida. Genus HYPANARTIA, Hubner (The Banded Reds) Butterfly. — The palpi of medium size, well clothed wit., scales; the second joint moderately thick; the third very little thinner, blunt at the tip. The antennae have a distinct, short, well-rounded club. The fore wings have the first two subcostal nervules arising before the end of the cell, close to each other. The third subcostal arises midway between the end of the cell and the origin of the fourth subcostal. The cell of the fore wing is closed by a stout lower discocellular vein which is more or less continuous with the third median nervule. The hind wing has the cell open or only partially closed. Early Stages. — But little is known of the early stages of this genus. Fig. ioo.— Neura- The species reckoned as belonging to Hvpa- V?" °^ ^^.^ S^""^ ,. , , , , o o - t Hypaiiartij. iiartia number less than a dozen, most of which are found in tropical America, but, singularly enough, two species occur in tropical and southern Africa, and another has been de- scribed from Madagascar. (i) Hypanartia lethe, Fabricius, Plate XXIV, Fig. lo, 6 (Lethe). This very handsome insect, which is quite common in tropi- cal America, is another straggler into our fauna, being occasion- ally found in southern Texas. But little is known of its early life-history. Expanse, 2.00 inches. Genus EUNICA, Hubner (The Violet-wings) Butterfly. — The head is narrow, hairy; the eyes prominent. The antennae are long and slender, having a greatly enlarged club marked with two grooves. The palpi have the third joint in the :ase of the female longer than in the case of the male. They are 'datively short, thickly clothed with hairs and scales lying closely •75 Genus Eunica appressed to the surface. The fore wing has the costal and median vein enlarged and swollen at the base. The subcostal has five nervules, the first two of which arise before the end of the cell, the third midway between the end of the cell and the fourth nervule. The upper discocellular vein is wanting; the middle discocel- lular vein is bent inwardly ; the lower discocellular vein is somewhat weak and joins the median vein exactly at the origin of the second median nervule. The cell of the hind wing is lightly closed. Early S/<2^-^s.— Very little is known of the early stages of this genus. Fig. loi.-Neura- The butterflies are characterized by the dark- tion of the genus brown or black ground-color of the upper side, ^'"''^''' generally glossed with rich blue or purple. On the under side the markings are exceedingly variable and in most cases very beautiful. The genus is characteristic of the neotropical fauna, and there are over sixty species which have been described. The males are said by Bates, to whom we are indebted for most of our knowledge of these insects, to have the habit of congre- gating about noon and in the early afternoon in moist places by the banks of streams, returning toward nightfall to the haunts of the females. In this respect they resemble club-men, who at the same hours are generally to be found congregating where there is something to drink. Only two species are found in our region, and are confined to the hottest parts of Texas and Florida, rang- ing thence southward over the Antilles and Central America as far as Bolivia. (i) Eunica monima, Cramer, Plate XXI, Fig. 7, 5 ; Fig. 8, ? (The Dingy Purple-v/ing). Btttterjfy.— This obscure little butterfly represents in Florida and Texas the great genus to which it belongs, and gives but a feeble idea of the splendid character of its congeners, among which are some exceedingly beautiful insects. Nothing is known of its life-history. It is common in the Antilles and Mexico. Another species of the genus, Eunica taiila, has recently been reported from the extreme southern portion of Florida. 176 Genus Cystineura Genus CYSTINEURA, Boisduval " And here and yonder a tlaky butterfly Was doubting in the air." McDonald. Butterfly. — Small buttertlies, with elongated fore wings, the hind wings with the outer margin rounded, slightly crenulate. The head is small; the palpi are very delicate and thin, scantily clothed with scales. The costal vein of the fore wing is much swollen near the base. The subcostal vein of this wing sends forth two branches before the end of the cell. The upper discocellular vein is lacking; the mid- dle discocellular is short and bent inwardly; the lower discocellular is almost obliterated, and reaches the median vein at the origin of the second median nervule. In the hind wing the cell is open, and the two radial veins spring from thesame point, p,^ 102 —Neu- Early Stages. — Very little is as yet definitely ration of the genus ascertained as to these. "^ But one species is found within the limits covered by this work. Seven species have been described, al! of them inhabiting Central or South America. (i) Cystineura amymone, Menetries, Plate XXIV, Fig. 7, 5 (Amymone). Butterfly. — The fore wings are white on the upper side, dusted with gray at the base, on the costa, the apex, and the outer margin. The hind wings are gray on the basal area, pale yellowish-brown on the limbal area, with a narrow fuscous mar- gin. On the under side the markings of the upper side reappear, the gray tints being replaced by yellow. The hind wings are yellowish, with a white transverse band near the base and an in- complete series of white spots on the limbal area. Expanse, 1.50 inch. The early stages await description. The insect is found about Brownsville, Texas, and throughout Mexico and Central America. 177 Genus Callicore Genus CALLICORE, Hiibner (The Leopard-spots) Butterfly. — Small-sized butterflies, with the upper side of the wings dark in color, marked with bands of shining metallic blue or silvery-green, the under side of the wings generally more or less brilliantly colored, carmine upon the pri- maries and silvery-white upon the secondaries, with the apex of the primaries marked with black transverse bands and the body of the secondaries traversed by curiously arranged bands of deep black, these bands inclosing about the middle of the wing circular or pear- shaped spots. All of the subcostal nervules in this genus arise beyond the end of the cell. The costal and the median veins are swollen Fig. 103.— Neura- near the base. The cell in both the fore and tion of the genus Ca/- j^jp,^ wiuffS is open. llCOi'C Early Stages. — Very little is known of these. Thi.« genus numbers about thirty species, almost all of which are found in South America, only one being known to inhabit the United States, being found in the extreme southern portion of Florida, and there only rarely. (i) Callicore clymena, Hubner, Plate XXI, Fig. 5, 5 ; Fig. 6, $> , under side (The Leopard-spot). Butterfly. — The wings on the upper side are black, the pri- maries crossed by an oblique iridescent bluish-green band, and the secondaries marked by a similarly colored marginal band. On the under side the primaries are crimson from the base to the outer third, which is white, margined with black, and crossed by an outer narrow black band and an inner broad black band. The secondaries on this side are white, marked about the middle by two large coalescing black spots, and nearer the costa a large pear-shaped spot, both ringed about with black lines. Beyond these black rings are two black bands conformed to the outline of the inner and outer margins of the wing, and, in addition, a tine black marginal line. The costa is edged with crimson. Expanse, 1.75 inch. 178 4 i Explanation of Plate XXI I. Timeies coresia, Codart, (^. 6. 2 Timetes coresia, Godart, (^, under side. 7. 3. Timetes pet reus, Cramer, (^. 8. 4 Timetes cbiron, Fabricius, (^. 9. 5 Callicore clfmena, Cramer, (^ 10. Callicore clymena, Cramer, (^, under side. Eiinica monima, Cramer, cf . Eiiiiica iiioiiiiiij, Cramer, 9- Hj'poiniiuas misippiis, Linnaeus, (^. Hypolunnas misippiis, Linnieus, $ IB Butter FiY Book Plate XX! B» A J, HOLLAND. 1898 Genus Timetes Eijriy Sfcigcs. — Unknown. The Leopard-spot is found occasionally in Florida, but quite omnionly in the Antilles, Mexico, and Central America. Genus TIMETES, Boisduval (The Dagger-wings) Bittferjly. — The palpi are moderately long, thickly clothed with scales, the last joint elongated and pointed. The antennse have a well-developed club. The fore wings and the hind wings have the cell open. In the fore wing the sub- costal vein, which has five branches, emits the first nervule well before the end of the cell, th^ second a little be- yond it, and the third and fourth near together, before the apex of the wing. The third median nervule of the hind wing is greatly produced and forms the support of the long tail which adorns this wing. Between the end of the sub- median vein and the first median nervule is another lobe-like prolongation of the outer margin of the wing. The butter- flies are characterized for the most part by dark upper surfaces, with light under surfaces marked with broad bands and lines of varying intensity of color. They are easily distinguished from the butter- flies of all other genera of the Nymphalid?e by the remarkable tail-like appendage of the hind wing, giving them somewhat the appearance of miniature Papilionidce. Early Stages. — Nothing of note has been recorded of their early stages which may be accepted as reliable, and there is an opportunity here for study and research. There are about twenty-five species belonging to the genus, all found within the tropical regions of America. Four species are occasionally taken in the extreme southern portions of Florida and Texas. They are all, however, very common in the An- tilles, Mexico, and more southern lands. 179 Fig. 104. — Neuratioii of tlie genus Timetes. Genus Hypolimnas (i) Timetes coresia, Godart, Plate XXI, Fig. i, $ ', Fig. 2, S , tinder side (The Waiter). Butterfly. — Easily recognized by means of our figures, which show that this creature deserves the trivial name I have bestowed upon it. In its dark coat and white vest it gracefully attends the feasts of Flora. Expanse, 2.50 inches. So far as I am aware, nothing reliable has been recorded as to the early stages of this insect. It is occasionally found in Texas. (2) Timetes petreus, Cramer, Plate XXI, Fig. 3, 5 (The Ruddy Dagger-wing). Butterfly. — The upper side of the wings is accurately deline- ated in the plate. On the under side the wings are pale, with the dark bands of the upper side reproduced. Expanse, 2.60 inches. It occurs in southern Florida and Texas, and elsewhere in tropical America. (3) Timetes chiron, Fabricius, Plate XXI, Fig. 4, 6 (The Many-banded Dagger-wing). Butterfly. — Easily recognized by means of the figure in the plate. Like the preceding species, this is occasionally found in Texas. It is very common in Mexico, South America, and the Antilles. Genus HYPOLIMNAS, Hubner (The Tropic Queens) Butterfly, — Eyes naked. The palpi are produced, rising above the head, heavily scaled. The antennse have a well-developed, finely pointed club. The fore wings have stout costal and medi- an veins. The subcostal throws out five nervules, the first two before the end of the cell, the third midway between the end of the cell and the outer border; the fourth and the fifth diverge from each other midway between the third and the outer border, and both terminate below the apex. The upper discocellular vein is wanting ; the middle discocellular vein is bent inwardly ; the lower discocellular is very weak, and, in some species, wanting. The cell of the hind wing is lightly closed. Caterpillar. — The caterpillar is cylindrical, thickest toward the middle. The head is adorned with two erect rugose spines; the segments have dorsal rows of branching spines, and three lateral J 80 Genus Hypolimnas rows on either side of the shorter spines. It feeds on various species of maivaceous plants and also on the common portulaca. C/jn'Sci/i's. — The chrysalis is thick, with the head obtusely pointed; the abdominal segments adorned with a double row of tubercles. The thorax is convex. This genus, which includes a large number of species, reaches its fullest development in the tropics of the Old World, and includes some of the most beautiful, as well as the most singular, forms, which mimic the protected spe- cies of the Euplcein^e, or milkweed but- terflies, of the Indo-Malayan and Ethi- opian regions. In some way one of the most widely spread of these species, which is found throughout the tropics of Asia and Africa, has obtained lodg- ment upon the soil of the New World, and is occasionally found in Florida, where it is by no means common. It may be that it was introduced from Africa in the time of the slave-trade, having been accidentally brought over by ship. That this is not impossible is shown by the fact that the writer has, on several occasions, obtained in the city of Pittsburgh specimens of rare and beautiful tropica! insects which emerged from chrysa- lids that were found attached to bunches of bananas brought from Honduras. (i) Hypolimnas misippus, Linnaeus, Plate XXI, Fig. 9, 6 ; Fig. 10, ? (The Mimic). Butterjiy, 6 . — On the upper side the wings are velvety-black, with two conspicuous white spots on the fore wing, and a larger one on the middle of the hind wing, the margins of these spots reflecting iridescent purple. On the under side the wings are white, intricately marked with black lines, and black and red- dish-ochraceous spots and shades. ? . — The female mimics two or three forms of an Oriental milkweed butterfly, the pattern of the upper side of the wings conforming to that of the variety of the protected species which 181 Fig. 105.— Neuration of the genus Hj'polimiias. Genus Basilarchia is most common in tiie region where the insect is found. The species mimicked is Danais chiysippus, of which at least three varietal forms or local races are known. The American butterfly conforms in the female sex to the typical D. chrysippiis, to which it presents upon the upper side a startling likeness. On the under side it is marked much as the male. Expanse, 6 , 2.50 inches; ? , 3.00 inches. Early Stages. — What has been said as to the early stages in the description of the genus must suffice for the species. But little is as yet accurately known upon the subject. The range of H. misippus is southern Florida, the Antilles, and the northern parts of South America. It is not common on this side of the Atlantic, but very common in Africa, tropical Asia, and the islands south as far as northern Australia. Genus BASILARCHIA, Scudder (The White Admirals) Butterfly. — Head large; the eyes are large, naked; the antennae are moderately long, with a distinct club; the palpi are compact, stout, produced, densely scaled. The fore wings are subtriangular, the apex well rounded, the lower two thirds of the outer margin slightly excavated. The first two subcostal nervules arise before the end of the cell. The hind wings are rounded, crenulate. Egg. — Nearly spherical, with the surface pitted with large hexagonal cells (see p. 3, Fig. I). Caterpillar. — The caterpillar in its mature state is cylindrical, somewhat thicker before than behind, with the second segment adorned with two prominent rugose club-shaped tu- bercles. The fifth segment, and the ninth and tenth segments also, are ornamented with dor- sal prominences (see p. 8, Fig. 20). Fig. 106.— Neuration of Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is suspended by the genus Basilarchia. ^ ^^^^^ cremaster ; the abdominal segments are rounded. On the middle of the dorsum is a prominent projecting boss. The thorax is rounded. The head is rounded or slightly bifid. 182 Genus Basilarchia The caterpillars feed upon the leaves of various species of oak, birch, willow, and linden. The eggs are laid upon the extreme tip of the leaves, and the infant caterpillar, feeding upon the leaf in immediate proximity to the point where it has been hatched, attaches bits of bitten leaf by strands of silk to the midrib, thus stiffening its perch and - ^^^ ( {J l^ preventing its curling as the rib dries. Out of bits of leaves thus detached it constructs a p,Q 107. — Leaf cut packet of material, which it moves forward away at end by cater- , ., • 1 -1 .-1 -i. 1 I * J ;+ pillar of fiaij/j/'c/;/j (Ri- along the midrib until it has completed its ]* % second moult. By this time winter begins to come on, and it cuts away for itself the material of the leaf on either side of the rib, from the tip toward the base, glues the rib of the leaf to the stem by means of silk, draws together the edges of the remaining portions of the leaf, and constructs a tube-like hiber- naculum, or winter quarters, exactly fitting the body, in which it passes the Fig. 108.— Hibernaculum, or Winter, winter quarters, of larva of Bj- There are a number of species of the ^''"^"''' genus found in the United States, the habits of which have been carefully studied, and they are among our most interesting butterflies, several species being mimics of protected species. (i) Basilarchia astyanax, Fabricius, Plate XXII, Fig. i, (^ ; Plate 111, Figs. 17, 21, 25, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 12, 13, chrysalis (The Red-spotted Purple). Butterfly. — This common but most beautiful species is suffi- ciently characterized by the plate so far as the upper surface is concerned. On the under side the wings are brownish, banded with black on the margins; the lunules are on this side as above, but the inner band of spots is red. There are two red spots at the base of the fore wings, and four at the base of the hind wings. The palpi are white below, and the abdomen is marked with a lateral white line on each side. Expanse, 3.00-3.25 inches. Eg!^. — The egg, which resembles somewhat closely that of B.ciisippus (see p. 3, Fig. 1), is yellowish-green, gradually turn- ing dark brown as the time for the emergence of the caterpillar approaches. Caterpillar.— Ihe caterpillar is so well delineated in Plate 111, 183 Genus Basilarchia Fig. 17, as to obviate the necessity for a lengthy verbal de scription. Chrysalis. — What has been said of the caterpillar is also true of the chrysalis (see Plate IV). The larva feeds upon the willow, cherry, apple, linden {Tilia), huckleberry, currant, and other allied shrubs and trees. The butterfly is somewhat variable, and a number of varietal formi have been described. It ranges generally over the United States and southern Canada as far as the Rocky Mountain ranges in the West, and is even said to occur at high elevations in Mexico. (2) Basilarchia arthemiSj Drury, Plate XXll, Fig. 4, 6 , form lamina, Fabricius; Fig. 5, 6 , form proserpina, Edwards, Plate 111, Fig. 26, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 14, 2}, r/;r>'5<;z//s (The Banded Purple). Bulterfly. — Easily distinguished in the form lamina from astv- anax, which in other respects it somewhat closely resembles, by the broad white bands crossing both the fore wings and the hind wings, and followed on the secondaries by a submarginal row of red spots shading inwardly into blue. In the form proserpina there \n a tendency on the part of the white bands to become ob- solete, and in some specimens they do entirely disappear. The likeness to astyanax in such cases is striking, and the main point by which the forms may then be discriminated is the persistence of the red spots on the upper side of the secondaries; but even these frequently are obsolete. Expanse, 2^50 inches. Egg. — The Qgg is grayish-green, with "kite-shaped" cells. Caterpillar. — Greenish- or olive-brown, blotched with white in its mature form, which is well represented in Plate III. It feeds upon the willow, the hawthorn {Crataegus), and probab)'' other plants. Chrysalis.— The figure in Plate IV is sufficiently exact to ob- viate the necessity for further description. This beautiful insect ranges through northern New England and New York, Quebec, Ontario, and the watershed of the Great Lakes, spreading southward at suitable elevations into Pennsylvania. I have taken it about Cresson, Pennsylvania, at an elevation of twentv-five hundred feet above sea-level. It is not uncommon about Meadville, Pennsylvania. The species appears to be, like all the others of the genus, somewhat unstable and plasHc, or else hybridization is very frequent in this genus. Probably all the species have arisen from a common stock. 184 Explanation of Plate XXII 1. Basilarchia astyanax, Fabricius, J^. 5. BasiJarchia arthemis, Drury, var. 2. Hi'terochroa californica, Butler, 9- proserpina, Edwards, (^. 3. Basilarchia lorquiiii, Boisduval, (J*. 6. Basilarchia weidemejeri, Edwards, 4. Basilarchia arthemis, Drury, (^. (^. Butterfly Book. Plate XXJI^ ^ *» *- J. MOLLANO, 189B. i Genus Basilarchia (3) Basilarchia weidemeyeri. Edwards, Plate XXII, Fig. 6, ^ (Weideiiicyer's Admiral). Butterfly. — Superficially like arihemis, but easily distinguished by the absence of the lunulate marginal bands of blue on the margins of the hind wings and by the presence of a submar- ginal series of white spots on both wings. Expanse, 3.00 inches. Early Stages. — These have been described by W. H Edwards in the "Canadian Entomologist," vol. xxiv, p. 107, and show great likeness to the following species, B. disippus. The cater- pillar feeds upon cottonwood {Popiilus). The insect is found on the Pacific slope and eastward to Mon- tana, Nebraska, and New Mexico. (4) Basilarchia disippus, Godart, Plate VII, Fig. 4, ^ ; Plate III, Figs. 19, 22, 24, tarva; Plate IV, Figs. 18-20, chrysalis (The Viceroy). Bi/tterjfy. — This species mimics Anosia plexippiis in a remark- able manner, as may be seen by referring to Plate VII. An aber- ration in which the mesial dark transverse band on the secondaries has disappeared was named pseudodoripp"s by Dr. Strecker. The type is in the Mead collection, now belonging to the writer. Expanse, 2.50-2.75 inches. Early Stages. — These have all been carefully studied by numer- ous writers. The egg is depicted on p. 3, Fig- i. The caterpillar IS shown on p. 8, as well as in Plate III Thp. species ranges everywhere from southern Canada and British America into the Gulf States. (5) Basilarchia hulsti, Edwards, Plate VII, Fig. 5, 6 (Hulst"s Admiral). Bittterjly. — This form is apparently a mimic q{ Anosia herenice. The ground-color of the wings is not so bright as in B. disippus, and the mesial band of the secondaries on the upper side is re- lieved by a series of small whitish spots, one on each interspace. The perfect insect can easily be distinguished by its markings. Expanse, 2.50-2.60 inches. Thus far it is only known from Utah and Arizona. The early stages have not been described. (6) Basilarchia lorquini, Boisduval, Plate XXII, Fig. 3, 6 (Lorquin's Admiral). Butterfly. — Easily distinguished from all the other species of the genus by the yellowish-white bar near the end of the cell of 185 The Butterflies' Fad the fore wings and the reddish color of the apex and upper mar- gin of the same wings. Expanse, 2.25-2.75 inches. Early Stages. — These have been partially described by Henry Edwards, and minutely worked out by Dr. Dyar, for whose de- scription the reader may consult the "Canadian Entomologist," vol. xxiii, p. 172. The food-plant of the caterpillar is Populus, willows, and the choke-cherry {Prunus demissa). Besides the forms figured in our plates there is a species in Florida named JJoridensis by Strecker, and subsequently eros by Edwards, which is generally larger and much darker than B, di- sippus, which it otherwise closely approximates. THE BUTTERFLIES' FAD ** I happened one night in my travels To stray into Butterfly Vale, Where my wondering eyes beheld butterflies IVitb wings that were wide as a sail. They lived in such houses of grandeur, Their days v^ere successions of joys, And the very last fad these butterflies had Was making collections ofbojs. *' There were boys of all sizes and ages Pinned up on their walls. When I said 'Twas a terrible sight to see boys in that plight, I was answered: ' Oh, well, they are dead. IVe catch them alive, but we kill them IVitb ether — a very nice way: Just look at this fellow — his hair is so yellow, And his eyes such a beautiful gray. " ■• * Then there is a droll little darky. As black as the clay at our feet; He sets off that blond that is pinned just beyond In a way most artistic and neat. And now let me show you the latest,— A specimen really select, A boy with a head that is carroty-red And a face that is funnily specked. ^■* ' We cannot decide where to place him; Those spots bar him out of each class; We think him a treasure to study at leisure And analyze under a glass.* 186 Genus Adelpba f seemed to grow cold as I listened To the words that these butterflies spoke; Witli fear overcome, 1 was speechless and dumb, And then with a start — J awoke ! " Ella Wheeler Wilcox. Genus ADELPHA, Hubner (The Sisters) Butferffy. — This genus is very closely allied to the preceding, and is the South American representative of Basilarchia. The only difference which is noticeable structurally is in the fact that the eyes are hairy, the palpi not so densely clothed with scales. The prothoracic legs of the males are smaller than in Basilarchia. The cell of the primaries is very slightly closed by the lower discocel- lular vein, which reaches the median a little be- yond the origin of the second median nervule. The outer margin of the fore wing is rarely excavated, as in Basilarchia, and the lower extremity of the hind wing near the anal angle is generally more produced than in the last-mentioned genus. Early Stages. — The life-history of the genus has not been carefully worked out, but an account has been published recently of the caterpillar of the only species found within our fauna, which shows that, while in general ^^'^•- ioq.— Neuratlonof ,,. ,, . ... c ^u n -r the eenus ^t/i7/>/u. resembling the caterpillars of the genus Bas//- " ^ archia, the segments are adorned with more branching spines and with short fleshy tubercles, giving rise to small clusters of hairs. The chrysalids are of a peculiar form, with bifid heads and broad wing-cases. They are generally brown in color, with me- tallic spots. The only species in our fauna is confined to southern California, Arizona, and Mexico. (i) Adelpha californica, Butler, Plate XXII, Fig. 2, ? (The Californiau Sister). Biittcrjly. — Easily recognized by the large subtnangular patch of orange-red at the apex of the primaries. In its habits and 187 Genus Chlorippe manner of flight it. closely resembles the species of the genus Basilarchia. Expanse, 2.50-3.00 inches. Early Stages. — So far as is known to the writer, these have not been described, except partially by Henry Edwards in the " Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences," vol. v, p. 171. The caterpillar feeds upon oaks. The insect is found in California, Nevada, Arizona, and Mexico. Genus CHLORIPPE, Boisduval (The Hackberry Butterflies) Butterfly. — Small butterflies, generally some shade of fulvous, marked with eye-like spots on the posterior margin of the secondaries, and occasionally upon the outer margin of the primaries, the fore wings as well as the hind wings being in addition more or less strongly spotted and banded with black. The eyes are naked; the antennae are straight, provided with a stout, oval club; the palpi are porrect, the second joint heavily clothed with hairs, the third joint short, likewise covered with scales. The costal vein of the fore wing is stout. The first subcostal vein alone arises before the end of the cell. The cell is open in both wings. Egg. — The eggs, which are deposited in clus- ters, are nearly globular, the summit broad and convex. The egg is ornamented by from eighteen to twenty rather broad vertical ribs, having no great elevation, between which are numerous faint and delicate cross-lines. Caterpillar. — The head is subquadrate, with the summit crowned by a pair of diverging stout coronal spines which have upon them a number of radiating spinules. Back of the head, on the sides, is a frill of curved spines. The body is cylindrical, thickest at the middle, tapering forward and backward from this point. The anal prolegs are widely divergent and elongated, as in many genera of the Satyr iim\ Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is compressed laterally and keeled on the dorsal side, concave on the ventral side, the head dis- tinctly bifid. The cremaster is very remarkable, presenting the 188 Fig. 1 10. — Neu- ration of the genus Cblorippc, (^. \ Genus Chlorippc appeanince of n flattened disk, the sides studded with hooks, by means of which the chrysalis is attached to the surface, from which it depends in such a manner that the ventral surface is parallel to the plane of support. The caterpillars feed upon the Celtis, or hackberry. There are a number of species, mainly confined to the south- western portion of the United States, though some of them range southward into Mexico. Two only are known in the Middle States. The species are double-brooded in the more northern parts of the country, and the caterpillars produced from eggs laid by the second brood hibernate. (i) Chlorippe celtis, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XXlll, Fig. 3, 5 ; Fig. 4, ? ; Fig. 11, 6, under side (The Hackberry Butterfly). Butterfy, 6 . — The primaries at the base and the secondaries except at the outer angle pale olive-brown, the rest of the wings black. The dark apical tract of the primaries is marked by two irregular, som.ewhat broken bands of white spots. There is a red-ringed eye-spot between the first and second median ner- vules, near the margin of the fore wing, and there are six such spots on each hind wing. On the under side the ground-color is grayish-purple ; the spots and markings of the upper side reappear on this side. 9 . — The female has the wings, as is always the case in this genus, much broader and not so pointed at the apex of the primaries as in the male sex., and the color is much paler. Ex- panse, 3, 1.80 inch; ?, 2. 10 inches. Early Stages. — These are beautifully described and delineated by Edwards in "The Butterflies of North America," vol. ii. The caterpillar feeds on the hackberry {Celtis occideutalis). This species is found generally from southern Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois to the Gulf of Mexico. It is not, so far as is known, found on the Pacific coast. (2) Chlorippe antonia, Edwards, Plate XXlll, Fig. 12, 3 (Antonia). Butterfly. — Bright yellowish-fulvous on the upper side. Easily distinguished from celtis by the two eye-spots near the margin of the primaries. Expanse, 1,75-2.00 inches. Early Stages. — Unknown. Antonia is found in Texas 180 Genus Chlorippe (3) Chlorippe montis, Edwards, Plate XXII, Fig. 7, S ; Fig. 8, ? (The Mountain Emperor). Butterjly. — Very closely allied to G. antom'a in the style and location of the markings, but tinted with pale ashen-gray on the upper side of the wings, and not yellowish-fulvous as in the last- named species. Expanse, 6, 1.75 inch; ?, 2.15 inches. The early stages are unknown. Montis occurs in Arizona and Colorado, and by some writers is regarded as a varietal form of aiitoiiia, in which opinion they may be correct. (4) Chlorippeleilia, Edwards, Plate XXIII, Fig. \\, $, (Leilia). Butterjly. — Like antonm, this species has two extra-median eye-spots on the primaries, and thus may be distinguished from celtis. From antonm it may be separated by its larger size and the deeper reddish-brown color of the upper surfaces. Expanse, 2. 10-2.50 inches. Earty Stages. — Unknown. So far we have received this butterfly only from Arizona. (5) Chlorippe alicia, Plate XXIII, Fig. 9, 6 ; Fig. 10, ? (Alicia). Butterfly. — Very bright fawn at the base of the wings, shading into pale buff outwardly. There is but one eye-spot on the pri- maries. The six eye-spots on the secondaries are black and very conspicuous. The marginal bands are darker and heavier than in any other species of the genus. Expanse, 5, 2.00 inches; $ , 2.50 inches. The early stages are only partially known. Alicia ranges through the Gulf States from Florida to Texas. (6) Chlorippe clyton, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XXIII, Fig. 5, ^ ; Fig. 6, ? ; Plate 111, Fig. 20, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 15-17, chrysalis (The Tawny Emperor). Butterfly, 3. — The fore wings without an extra-median eye- spot, and the secondaries broadly obscured with dark brown or blackish, especially on the outer borders, so that the eye-spots are scarcely, if at all, visible. ?. — Much larger and paler in color than the male, the eye- spots on the secondaries conspicuous. Expanse, 6 , 2.00 inches; $, 2.50-2.65 inches. Early Stages. — The life-history has been carefully worked out, 190 Explanation of Plate XXIII 1. Chlorippe flora, Edwards, ^, 2. Chlorippe flora, Edwards, 9- ?. Chlorippe celtis, Boisd.-Lec, (^. 4. Chlorippe celtis, Boisd.-Lec, 9- 5. Chlorippe clyton, Boisd.-Lec, (^. 6. Chlorippe clj'ton, Boisd.-Lec, $. 7. Chlorippe montis, Edwards, (^. 8. Chlorippe montis, Edwards, 9* 9. Chlorippe alicia, Edwards, (^. 10. Chlorippe alicia, Edwards, 9- 11. Chlorippe leilia, Edwards, (J*. 12. Chlorippe antouia, Edwards, ^. 13. Chlorippe celtis, Boisd.-Lec, ^, under side. H'- ! 1 KK- ' \ H....K Plate XXin, ■^ < ^ %%• *•• i9i -qr" •O 13 ^LLAND. 1898. Genus Pyrrhanaea and the reader who wishes to know all about it should consult the writings of Edwards and Scudder. This species is occasionally found in New England, and ranges thence westward to Michigan, and southward to the Gulf States. It is quite common in the valley of the Ohio. (7) Chlorippe flora, Edwards, Plate XXIII, Fig. i, 6 ; Fig. 2, 9 (Flora). Butterfly, 6 .—The ground-color is bright reddish-fulvous on the upper side. The usual markings occur, but there is no eye- spot, or ocellus, on the primaries. The hind wings are not heavily obscured with dark brown, as in c/ytoii, and the six ocelli stand forth conspicuously upon the reddish ground. The hind wings are more strongly angulated than in any other species. The borders are quite solidly black. $ .—The female is much larger than the male, and looks like a very pale female of r/>'/o//. Expanse, 6, 1.75 inch; ?, 2.35 inches. Ecu/j' Stciges. — The life-history has been described by Edwards in the "Canadian Entomologist," vol. xiii, p. 81. The habits of the insect in its early stages and the appearance of the larva and chrysalis do not differ widely from those of C c/j'ton, its nearest ally. flora is found in Florida and on the borders of the Gulf to Texas. Genus PYRRHAN^A, Schatz (The Leaf-wings) Butterfly. — Medium-sized butterflies, on the upper side of the wings for the most part red or fulvous, on the under side of the wings obscurely mottled on the secondaries and the costal and apical tracts of the primaries in such a manner as to cause them to appear on this side like rusty and faded leaves. Structurally they are characterized by the somewhat falcate shape of the primaries and the strongly produced outer margin of the secondaries about the termination of the third median nervule. The first and second subcostal nervules coalesce with one another and with the costal vein. The costal margin of the fore wing at the base is strongly angulated, and the posterior margin of the primaries is straight. The cell of the secondaries is very feebly closed. Egg. — Spherical, flattened at the base and somewhat depressed at the apex, with a few parallel horizontal series of raised points about the summit. 191 Genus Pyrrhanaea Caterpillar.— \\e2Ld somewhat globular in appearance; the an- terior portion of the first thoracic segment of the body is much smaller in diameter than the head ; the body is cylindrical, tapering to a point. ChrysaHs.— S\\o\% stout, with trans- verse ridges above the wings on the middle of the abdomen, keeled on the sides. The cremasteris small and furnished with a glob- ular tip, the flice of which is on the same plane as the ventral surface of the body, causing the chrysalis to hang somewhat ob- liquely from the surface which supports it. This is a large genus of mostly tropical species, possessed of rather singular habits. The caterpillars in the early stages of their existence have much the same habits as the caterpillars of the genus Basilarchia, which FiG.in.-Neurationofthe j^^^e been already described. After passing genus Pjnhaiuva. , / ^ ^i i the thu'd moult they construct for themselves nests by weaving the edges of a leaf together, and thus conceal themselves from sight, emerging in the dusk to feed upon the food-plant. They live upon the Euphorbiacea\ the Latiracece, and the Piperacece. The insects are double-brooded in the cooler regions of the North, and are probably many-brooded in the tropics. (i) Pyrrhanaea andria, Scudder, Plate XXIV, Fig. i, ? (The Goatweed Butterfly). Butterfly, 5.— Solidly bright red above, the outer margins narrowly dusky on the borders. On the under side the wings are gray, dusted with brown scales, causing them to resemble the surf:ice of a dried leaf. $ .— The female has the upper side paler and marked by pale fulvous bands, as shown in the plate. Expanse, <5 , 2.50 inches; ? , 3.00 inches. Early Stages.— \n Fig. 21, on p. 9, is a good representation of the mature caterpillar, the nest which it constructs for itself, and the chrysalis. A full account of the life-history may be found in the " Fifth Missouri Report " from the pen of the late C. V. Riley. The caterpillar feeds on Croton capitatiim. The insect ranges from Illinois and Nebraska to Texas. 192 Genus Ageronra (2) Pyrrhansea morrisoni, Edwards, Plate XXIV, Fig. 2, ? (Morrison's Goatweed Butterlly). Biitlcrfly, 6. — Much like P. anifrui, but more brilliantly and lustrously red on the upper side, and marked with paler macular bands like the female. ?. — Differing from the female of P. aiiJiia in the more mac- ular, or spotted, arrangement of the light bands on the wings, as is well shown in the plate. Expanse, 2.25-2.50 inches. Ea rly Stages. — Unknown. This species occurs in Arizona and Mexico. (3) Pyrrhanaea portia.Fabricius, Plate XXIV, Fig. 3, 5 (Portia). Biitterjly. — Splendid purplish-red on the upper side. On the under side the fore wings are laved with bright yellow on the basal and inner marginal tracts, and the secondaries are dark brown, irrorated with blackish scales arranged in spots and striae. Expanse, 2.75-3.00 inches. Early Stages. — Unknown. Portia occurs in the extreme southern part of Florida and in the Antilles. Genus AGERONIA, Hiibner (The Calicoes) Butterfly. — The antenncc moderately long, delicate, terminated in a gradually thickened club. The eyes are naked; the palpi are compressed, only slightly porrect, not densely covered with scales. The neuration is alike in both sexes, the costal and the median veins greatly thickened toward the base. The first and second subcostals arise from before the end of the cell; the fourth and fifth sub- costals arise from a common stem emitted from the third subcostal beyond the end of the cell. The cells in both the fore and hind wings are closed. The butterflies are of medium or large size, curiously marked with checkered spots, blue and white, uith broad paler shades on the under side of the secondaries. They are rapid fliers and are said to alight on the trunks of trees with their v/ings expanded and their heads «93 Fig. 112. — Neuration oJ the genus Agcronia. Genus Victorina down. When flying they emit a clicking sound with their wings. Early Stages. — Very little is known of these. The chrysalids are slender and have two ear-like tubercles on the head. This genus is, strictly speaking, neotropical. About twenty- five species have been described from Central and South Amer- ica, some of them being exceedingly beautiful and rich in color. The two species credited to our fauna are reported as being occasionally found in Texas. I have specimens of one of the species which certainly came from Texas. I cannot be so sure of the other. (i) Ageronia feronia, Linnaeus, Plate XXIV, Fig. 4, 6 (The White-skirted Calico). Butterfly. — Easily distinguished from the only other species of the genus found in our fauna by the white ground-color of the under side of the hind wings. Expanse, 2.50 inches. Early Stages. — Unknown. This remarkable insect is said to be occasionally found in Texas. (2) Ageronia fornax, Hubner, Plate XXIV, Fig. 5, 3 , under side (The Orange-skirted Calico). Butterfly. — Closely resembling the preceding species on the upper side, but at once distinguished by the orange-yellow ground-color of the under side of the hind wing. Expanse, 2.60 inches. Early Stages. — Unknown. Like its congener, A. fornax is reported only from the hotter parts of Texas. Genus VICTORINA, Blanchard (The Malachites) Butterfly. — Large butterflies, curiously and conspicuously marked with light-greenish spots upon a darker ground ; wings upon the under side marbled with brown about the spots and having a satiny luster. The third median nervule of the fore wing is very strongly bowed upward. The cells of both wings are open. The hind wing is tailed at the end of the third median nervule. The two first subcostals arise before the end of the 194 Fossil Insects cell; the fourth and fifth spring from a common stem which is emitted from the third beyond the end of the cell, as the cut shows. Early Stages. — We know nothing of these. This genus, in which are reckoned five species, all found in the tropics of the New World, is represented by but a single species in our fauna, which oc- curs in southwestern Texas and in Flor- ida. It is very common in the West Indies and Central America. (i) Victorina steneles, Linnaeus, Plate XXIV, Fig. 6, 6 (The Pearly Mal- achite). This splendid insect is occasionally found in southern Florida and the extreme southern part of Texas. It is common throughout tropical America. Nothing has ever been written upon its early ^ ., .. ,,. ^ Fig. 113. — Neuration of the stages. genus yictoriiia. FOSSIL INSECTS Investigations within comparatively recent times have led to the discovery of a host of fossil insects. A few localities in Europe and in North America are rich in such remains, and the number of species that have been described amounts to several thousands. Strangely enough, some of these fossil insects are very closely allied in form to species that are living at the present time, showing the extreme antiquity of many of our genera. One of the comparatively recent discoveries has been the fossil remains of a butterfly which Dr. Scudder, who has described it, declares to be very near to the African Libytbca lalufaca, which differs in certain minor anatomical respects from the American Libytheas which are figured in this work; and Dr. Scudder has therefore pro- posed a new generic name, Dichora, meaning " an inhabitant of two lands," which he applies to the African species because related to the extinct American butterfly. The strange dis- coveries, which have been made by palaeontologists as to the huge character of many of the mammals, birds, and reptiles Fossil Insects which at one time tenanted the globe, are paralleled by recent discoveries made in insect-bearing strata in France. M. Charles Brongniart of the Paris Museum is preparing an account of the collection which he has made at Commentry, and among the creatures which he proposes to figure is an insect which is regarded by Brongniart as one of the forerunners of our dragon- flies, which had an expanse of wing of two feet, a veritable giant in the insect world. Of fossil butterflies there have thus far been discovered sixteen species. Of these, six belong to the subfamily of the Nymphali- dce, and five of the six were found in the fossiliferous strata of Florissant, Colorado. Two species belong to the subfamily Saty- rince, both occurring in deposits found in southern France, and representing genera more nearly allied to those now found in India and America than to the Safyriua' existing at the present time in Europe. One of the fossils to which reference has al- ready been made belongs to the subfamily of the Lihytheina\ The remainder represent the subfamilies of the Pierina\ the Papilionince, and the family Hespenida\ It is remarkable that the butterflies which have been found in a fossil state show a very close affinity to genera existing at the present time, for the most part, in the warmer regions of the earth. Though ages have elapsed since their remains were embedded in the mud which became transformed into stone, the processes of life have not wrought any marked structural changes in the centuries which have fled. This fixity of type is certainly remarkable in creatures so lowly in their organi- zation. 196 Explanation of Plate XXIV 1. Pj/rrhancea andria, Scudder, 9- 6. yidorina steneles, Linnaeus, (^. 2. Pyrrhancea morrisoui, Edwards, 9- 7- Cfstineura amjmoiie, Menetiies, (^ 3. Pj>rrha)icva portia, Fabricius, (^. 8. Syuchloe crocale, Edwards, (^, undei 4. Ageroniafero)iia, Linnaeus, (^. side. 5. /tgeronia fornax, Hubner, c^, under 9. Syncbloe crocale, Edwards, (f. side. 10. Eurema letbe, Fabricius, ^. The Butterfly Book. Plate XXIV jl^miBHTEO BY W.J. HOLUtNO, 189S. SUBFAMILY SATYRIN/E (THE SATYRS) " Aught unsavory or unclean Hath my insect never seen; But violets and bilberry bells, Maple-sap and daffodils, Grass with green flag lialf-mast high, Succory to match the sky, Columbine with horn of honey. Scented fern and agrimony, Clover, catch-fly, adder's-tongue, And brier-roses dwelt among." Emerson. The butterflies belonging to tiiis subfamily are, for the most part, of medium size, and are generally obscure in color, being of some shade of brown or gray, though a few species within our territory are brightly colored. Gaily colored species belonging to this subfamily are more numerous in the tropics of both hemi- spheres. The wings are very generally ornamented, especially upon the under side, by eye-like spots, dark, pupiled in the center with a point of lighter color, and ringed around with one or more light circles. They are possessed of a weak flight, flitting and dancing about among herbage, and often hiding among the weeds and grasses. Most of them are forest-loving insects, though a few inhabit the cold and bleak summits of mountains and grassy patches near the margins of streams in the far North, while some are found on the treeless prairies of the West. In the warmer regions of the Gulf States a few species are found which have the habit of flitting about the grass of the roadsides and in open spaces about houses. The veins of the fore wings are generally greatly swollen at the base, enabling them thus to be quickly distinguished from ail other butterflies of this family. The eggs, so far as we have knowledge of them, are subspher- 197 Satyrinae (the Satyrs i ical, somewhat higher than broad, generawy ribbed along the sides, particularly near the apex, and rounded at the base, which is generally broader than the apex. The caterpillars at the time of emergence from the egg have the head considerably larger than the remainder of the body; but when they have reached maturity they are cylindrical, tapering a little from the middle to either end. They are bifurcated at the anal extremity, a character which enables them to be distin- guished at a glance from the larvae of all other American butter- flies except those of the genus Chlorippe. They are mostly pale green or light brown in color, ornamented with stripes along the sides. They feed upon grasses and sedges, lying in con- cealment during the daytime, and emerging at dusk to take their nourishment. The chrysalids are rather stout in form, but little angulated, and without any marked prominences or projections. They are green or brown in color. Most of them are pendant, but a few forms pupate at the roots of grasses or under stones lying upon the ground. The butterflies of this subfamily have been arranged, so far as they are represented in the faunal region of which this book treats, in nine genera, which include about sixty species. It is quite possible that a number of species still remain to be discov- ered and described, though it is also true that some of the so- called species are likely to prove in the end little more than local races or varieties. Genus DEBIS, Westwood (The Eyed Nymphs) " The wild bee and the butterfly Are bright and happy things to see, Living beneath a summer sky." Eliza Cook. Butterfly. — Characterized by the stout but not greatly swollen costal vein of the fore wing, by the rather short costal vein of the hind wing, which terminates before quite reaching the outer angle, by the great length of the lower discocellular vein of the fore wing; and by the prolongation of the outer margin of the hind wing at the end of the third median nervule. The outer 198 Genus Dcbia FiG. 114. — Neura- tion ofthegenus Debts. (Alter Scudder.) margin of the fore wing is either rounded or sh'ghtly excavated. The palpi are long and narrow, thickly clothed v^'ith hairs below; the antennae are moderately long, gradually thickening toward the tip, without a well- marked club; the fore legs in both sexes greatly atrophied. Egg. — Flattened spheroidal, broadly trun- cated at the base, the surface smooth. Ciitcrpilldr. — Body long, slender, tapering from the middle; the head cleft, each half being produced upward as a conical horn; the anal segment provided with a pair of horns similar to those of the head, produced longitudinally backward. Chrysalis. — Strongly convex dorsally, con- cave ventrally, with a stout tubercular eminence on the thorax, without any other projecting tubercles or eminences; light green in color. This genus is large, and is well represented in Asia and the Indo-Malayan region. I cannot see any good ground for gener- ically separating the two species found in North America from their congeners of Asiatic countries, as has been done by some writers. (i) Debis portlandia, Plate XVllI, Fig. 20, 6 ; Plate 111, Fig. 16, larva; Plate W , Fig. 6, chrysalis (The Pearly Eye). BiitferJJy.— The butterfly, the male of which is well depicted as to its upper side on the plate, does not differ greatly in the sexes. The hind wings on the under side are marked with a series of beautiful ocelli. In the North the insect is single- brooded; in the region of West Virginia and southward it is double-brooded. Expanse, 1.75-2.00 inches. Early Stages. — The illustrations give a good idea of the ma- ture larva and the chrysalis. The caterpillar, like most of the Satyriiia\ feeds upon grasses. The range of this pretty insect is extensive, it being found from Maine to the Gulf of Mexico, and westward to the Rocky Mountains. (2) Debis creola, Skinner, Plate XVllI, Fig. 18, r5 ; Fig. 19, ? (The Creole). Buttcrjly. — Easily distinguished from the preceding species by the elongated patches of dark raised scales upon the fore wings, IQQ Genus Satyrodes situated on the interspaces between the median nervules. The female has more yellow upon the upper side of the fore wings than D, portlandia. Expanse, 2.25 inches. Early Stages. — Unknown. Creola ranges from Florida to Mexico along the Gulf. Genus SATYRODES, Scudder (The Grass-nymphs) BlUterJiy. — The head is moderately large; the eyes are not prominent, hairy ; the antennae are about half as long as the costa of the fore wing, not distinctly clubbed, gradually thickening toward the extremity. The palpi are slender, compressed, hairy below, with the last joint rather short and pointed. The fore and hind wings are evenly rounded on the outer margin. The costal vein of the fore wing is thickened, but not greatly swollen. The first and second subcostals are emitted well before the end of the cell, the third beyond it, and the fourth and fifth from a common stem, both terminating below the apex. The upper disco- ratk^'of'thJ^aius cellular vein is wanting, and the upper radial, Satyrodes. (After therefore, springs from the upper angle of the Scudder.) ^g,j Q^ ^j^g fQ^g ^jj^g_ Egg. — Flattened spheroidal, broader than high, flat at the base and rounded above. Caterpillar. — The head is full, the summit of either half pro- duced upward and forward into a slender, conical horn. The body is nearly cylindrical, tapering backward, the last segment furnished with two pointed, backward projections, resembling the horns of the head. Chrysalis. — Relatively longer and more slender than in the preceding genus, with the thoracic prominence more acute and the head more sharply pointed. This genus was erected to receive the single species which, until the present time, is its sole representative. (i) Satyrodes canthus, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XXV, Fig. I, 5 ; Plate III, Fig. 9, larva; Plate IV, Fig. 9, chrysalis (The Common Grass-nymph). 200 Genus Neonympha Butterfly. — It nlways haunts meadows and hides among the tufts of tall grasses growing in moist places. It is rather com- mon in New Kngland and the Northern States generally. It is found in Canada and is reported from the cool upper mountain valleys in the Carolinas. It has a weak, jerking flight, and is easily taken when found. Expanse, 1.6^-1.90 inch. Early Stages. — These have been well described by various writers. The caterpillar feeds upon grasses. Genus NEONYMPHA, Westwood (The Spangled Nymphs) " Oh! tile bonny, bonny dell, whaur the' primroses won, Luikin' oot o' their leaves like wee sons o' the sun; Whaur the wild roses hing like flickers 0' flame, And fa' at the touch wi' a dainty shame; Whaur the bee swings ower the white-clovery sod. And the butterfly flits like a stray thoucht 0' God." MacDonald. Butterfly. — Eyes hairy. The costal and median veins of the fore wings are much swollen at the base. The palpi are thin, compressed, thickly clothed below with long hairs. The antennae are comparatively short, gradually thickening to- ward the outer extremity, and without a well-de- fined club. Both the fore wing and the hind wing have the outer margin evenly rounded. Egg. — Globular, flattened at the base, marked with irregular polygonal cells. Caterpillar. — The head is large, rounded, the two halves produced conically and studded with little conical papillae. The last segment of the body ■ ^ ■, ^ Fig. lid- 's bifurcate. Neuration ot Chrysalis. — Relatively long, strongly produced the genus Nco- i ^1 . 1 ^ I .1 ,1 •' X 1 1 i iivmpbj. (Alter at the vertex; elevated on the thorax into a blunt shudder.) tubercular prominence; green in color. This genus, which has bv some writers been sunk into the genus Eitptycbia, Hubner. is quite extensive. Nearly two hun- dred species are included in Eiiptychia, which is enormously developed in the tropical regions of the New World. Seven 201 Genus Neonympha Species of Neonympha are found within the region of which this booi< treats. (i) Neonympha gemma, Hubner, Plate XXV, Fig. 2, 6, under side (The Gemmed Brown). Butterfly. — \}^on the upper side the wings are pale mouse- gray, with a couple of twinned black spots on the outer margin of the hind wings. On the under side the wings are reddish- gray, marked with irregular ferruginous lines. Near the outer margin of the hind wings is a row of silvered spots, the spots corresponding in location to the dark marginal spots being ex- panded into a violet patch marked in the middle by a twinned black spot centered with silver. Expanse, i. 25-1. 35 inch. Early Stages.— These have been beautifully described and fig- ured by Edwards in the third volume of "The Butterflies of North America." The egg is somewhat globular, rather higher than wide, flat- tened at the base, and marked with numerous shallow reticulated depressions. The caterpillar of the spring brood is pale green, of the fall brood pale brown, marked respectively with numerous longitudinal stripes of darker green or brown. It has two long, elevated, horn-like projections upon the head, and on the anal segment two similar projections pointing straight backward. The chrysalis is small, green, or brown, strongly bifid at the head. The caterpillar feeds on grasses. The insect ranges from West Virginia to Mexico. (2) Neonympha henshawi, Edwards, Plate XXV, Fig. 8, S (Henshaw's Brown). Butterfly.— Much like N. gemma, but considerably larger and decidedly reddish upon the upper side of the wings. Expanse, 1.63 inch. Early Stages.— Mr. Edwards has figured the egg, which is different in shape from that of the preceding species, being broader than high, subglobular, flattened broadly at the base, green in color, and almost devoid of sculpturings upon its sur- face. Of the other stages we know nothing. Henshaw's Butterfly ranges through southern Colorado into Mexico. (3) Neonympha phocion, Fabricius, Plate XXV, Fig. 7, $ , under side; Plate III, Fig. 8, larva; Plate IV, Figs, 10 and 11 (The Georgian Satyr). 202 Genus Nconympha Butterfly. — The uppcr siae is immaculate ijray; beneath pale, with two ferruginous transverse lines. Between these lines is a ferruginous line on each wing, rudely describing a circle. In the circle on the fore wing are three or four eye-spots with a blue pupil and a yellow iris; in the circle on the hind wing are six eye-spots which arc oblong and have the pupil oval. Ex- panse, 1.25 inch. Early Stages. — These have been fully described, and are not unlike those of other species of the genus. The caterpillar feeds on grasses. The insect ranges from New Jersey to the Gulf of Mexico as far west as Texas. (4) Neonympha eurytus» Fabricius, Plate XXV, Fig. 4, 6 ; Plate HI, Figs. 3, 6, 10, 13, 14, larva; Plate IV, Fig. 28, chrysa- lis (The Little Wood-satyr). Biittcrfy. — Easily distinguished from other species in our fauna by the presence of two more or less perfectly developed ocelli on the upper side of the fore wing and also of the hind wing. Expanse, t.75 inch. Ear/y Stages.— This is a rather common butterfly, the larval stages of which have been fully described by various authors. The egg is even taller in proportion to its breadth than that of N. gemma, which it otherwise closely resembles in outline and sculpturing. The caterpillar is pale brown, conformed in gen- eral form to that of other species of the genus, but somewhat stouter. It feeds on grasses. The chrysalis is pale brown, mottled with darker brown. The insect ranges through Canada and the United States to Nebraska, Kansas, and Texas. (s) Neonympha mitchelli, French, Plate XXV, Fig. 6, 6, iniifer side (Mitchell's Satyr). Butterfly.- Easily distinguished from the other species of the genus by the eye-spots on the under side of the wings, four on each of the primaries and six on each of the secondaries, arranged in a straight series on the outer third, well removed from the margm. These spots are black, ringed about with yellow and pu piled with blue, Ea rly Stages. — Unknown. The species is local, and thus far is recorded only from northern New Jersey, near Lake Hopatcoi.g, and the State of 2C3 & Genus Neonympha Michigan. No doubt it occurs elsewhere, but has been ovc« looked by collectors. (6) Neonympha sosybius, Fabricius, Plate XXV, Fig. 5, S , under side (The Carolinian Satyr). Butterfly. — The upper surface is immaculate dark mouse- gray. On the under side the wings are paler, with three transverse undulatory lines, one defining the basal, the other the median area, and one just within the margin. Between the last two are rows of ocelli. The spots in these rows are obscure, except the first on the primaries and the second and last two on the secondaries, which are black, ringed about with yellow and pupiled with blue. The female is like the male, but a trifle larger. Early Stages. — These have been described by Edwards, French, and Scudder, and do not differ strikingly from those of other species. The species ranges from the latitude of New Jersey south- ward, throughout the southern half of the Mississippi Valley to Mexico and Central America. (7) Neonympha rubricata, Edwards, Plate XXV, Fig. 3, 5 (The Red Satyr). Butterfly. — Easily distinguished by its much redder color from all its congeners, among which it has its closest ally in N. eurytus. It has an eye-spot near the apex of the fore wing, and one near the anal angle of the hind wing. The basal area of the primaries beneath is bright reddish; the secondaries on this side are gray, crossed by two transverse lines as in the preceding species, and a double submarginal line. On the fore wings the double submarginal line is repeated, and in addition there is another line which runs upward from just before the inner angle to the costa, at about one third of its length from the apex. The eye-spots of the upper side reappear below, and in addition there is another near the outer angle of the secondaries, and a few sil- very well-defined ocelli between the two on the secondaries. Ea rly Stages. — Unknown. The Red Satyr is found in Texas, Arizona, Mexico, and Cen- tral America. 304 Explanation of Plate XXV Satyrodes ca)itlnis, Boisd.-Lec, (J*. \6. Neominois dionysiiis, Scudder, (J*. Neonj>mpha geiiima, Hlibiier, (J*, it)i- 17. Erebia magdalom, Strecker, (^. 10. 1 1. 12. "3- 14. der side. Neoiij'mpha rtibricata, Edwards, ^. Nt'oiii'Dipha eiiiytiis, Fabricius, (^. Neoiiynipha sosybius, Fabricius, (^, under side, hieoiiympha iiiitcbelli, Fiencli, (J^, 2 under side. Neonyiiipha phoci:ii>, Fabricius, (J*^ 2 18. Erebia sofia, Strecl. 9. Cirnonymphacah'.fornioi, Dbi.-Hew., 24. Ccri/onynipha baydeni, Edwards, (^. 25. Ccenonynipha elko, Edwards, 9r under side. 26. Ca'nonynipba elko, Edwards, (^. 27. Cd'nonynipba panipbiloidts, Rea« kirt, 9. 28. Erebia epipsodea, Butler, (^. Caenonynipba inornata, Edwards, (^, 29. Caenonynipha inornata, Edwards, (^. under side. 30. Ccenonynipha anipelos, Edwards, (^, Coenonympha californii, Dbl. -Hew., 31. Ccenonynipha painpbiloides, Rea- 9 kirt, J^. 15. Neominois ridingsii, Edwards, (j^. var. galactiniis, Boisd. , (^. Ccenonynipha California, Dbl. -Hew., var. eryngii, Henry Edwards, (^. Ccenonyinpha ochracea, Edwards, (^. Ccenonynipha ochracea, Edwards, (^, under side. Butterfly Book Plate XXV. ^'^ W. J. MOLLANO, 1838 i Genus Ccenonymphi Fig. 1 17. — Neu- ration of the genus Ca'iioiij'iiiphj. Genus CCENONYMPHA, Westwood (The Ringlets) •* There is a differency between a grub and a butterfly; yet your butterfly was a grub." — SHAKESPhAKK. Butterjlv.- — Small buttcrllics. The costal, median, and sub- median veins are all strongly swollen. The palpi are very heavilyciothed with hairs, the last joint quite long and porrect. The antenntt are short, delicate, gradually but distinctly clubbed. The eyes are naked. Both wings on the outer margin ;'.re evenly rounded. ^-SS' — The egg is conical, truncated, flat on the top, rounded at the base, with the sides marked with numerous low, narrow ribs, between which are slight cross-lines, especially toward the apex. Caterpillar, — The head is globular; the body is cylindrical, tapering gradually backward, fur- nished in tlie last segment with two small hori- zontal cone-shaped projections. Chrysalis. — Ventrally straight, dorsally convex, strongly produced in a rounded, somewhat keeled eminence over the thorax; pointed at the end. Generally green or light drab in color, with dark markings on the sides of the wing-cases. This genus is distributed throughout the temperate regions both of the Old and the New World, and includes in our fauna a number of forms, the most of which are peculiar to the Pacific coast. (i) Ccenonympha California, Doubleday and Hewitson. Plate XXV, Fig. 14, ? ; form galactinus, Boisduval, Plate XXV, Fig. 9, 6 ; form eryngii, Henry Hdwards, Plate XXV, Fig. 10, 6 (The California Ringlet). B II tie rjlj\ — This little species is to be distinguished from its near allies by its white color. The form i^alarHiii/s is the winte: form; the form ialifoniia the summer form. The former ii; characterized by the darker color of the hind wings on the under side and the more prominent development of the marginal ocelli. The form eryngii is simply a yellower form, with less dark shading on the under side. 205 Genus Ccenonympha Early Stages.— Ihest have been most carefully and beautt« fully worked out by Edwards, and the reader, for a full know- ledge of them, may consult the splendid plate in "The Butterflies of North America," vol. iii. The species ranges from Vancouver's Island southward on the Pacific coast and eastward into Nevada, (2) Coenonympha elko, Edwards, Plate XXV, Fig. 25, ? , under side; Fig. 26, $ (The Elko Ringlet). Bit fferfly.— Yellow on both sides of the wings, the lower side paler than the upper, and the basal area lightly clouded with fuscous. Early S/^^^5. — Undescribed. This species is found in Nevada and Washington. (3) Coenonympha inornata, Edwards, Plate XXV, Fig. 13, 5 , under side; Fig. 29, $ (The Plain Ringlet). Butterjfy.— The wings on the upper side are ochreous- brown, lighter on the disk. The costal margin of the fore wings and the outer margin of both fore and hind wings are gray. The ocellus at the apex of the fore wings on the under side is faintly visible on the upper side. On the under side the fore wings are colored as on the upper side as far as the termination of the discal area, which is marked by a narrow transverse band of pale yellow, followed by a conspicuous ocellus. The hind wings are gray, darkest toward the base, behind the irregular whitish transverse band which crosses the outer portion of the disk. Early S/^^r5. — Unknown. The species occurs in Montana, Minnesota, British America, and Newfoundland. Newfoundland specimens, of which 1 possess a large series, are distinctly darker in color than those taken in the Northwest. Some recent writers are inclined to regard this as a variety of the European C. typhon. I am per- suaded that they are mistaken. (4) Coenonympha ochracea, Edwards, Plate XXV, Fig. 11, 5 ; Fig. 12, ^ , under side (The Ochre Ringlet). fiz/Z/^r/^v. — Glossy ochreous, yellow above, with no markings but those which show through from below. On the under side the wings are marked precisely as in the preceding species, ex- cept that there are two or three small rays on the secondaries near the base, one on the cell and one on either side of it, of the 206 Genus Ccenonympha same tint as the dlscal transverse band, and in some specimens there is a series of incomplete marginal ocelli on the hind wings. Early StLiges. — \}nkno\sf\\. Ocbracea ranges Irom British Columbia to Arizona, as far east as Kansas. (5) Ccenonympha ampelos, Hd wards, Plate XXV, Fig. 21, 6 , muicr side; Fig. }0, i (The Ringless Ringlet). 5// /Av;/7,r. — Distinguished from its allies by the total absence of ocelli on both wings, above and below. Otherwise the species is very near ocbracea. Early Stages.— J hQS,e. have been described with minute accu- racy by Edwards in the " Canadian Entomologist," vol. xix, p. 41. Ampelos occurs from Nevada and Montana westward to Vancouver's island. (6) Ccenonympha kodiak, Edwards, Plate XXV, Fig. 22, ? (The Alaskan Ringlet). BiilterfJy.—Much darker both on the upper and under sides than C California, which in many other respects it resembles. The figure in the plate is that of the type. It is as yet rare in collections. Early 5/jo-£\s". —Nothing is known of these. It is found in Alaska. (7) Ccenonympha pamphiloides, Reakirt, Plate XXV, Fig. 27, ?, under si Je ; Fig. 31, o (The Utah Ringlet). ^////t'/y/r. — Rather larger than the other species of the genus found in North America. Easily distinguished by the marginal row of ocelli on the secondaries, which are always present, though often "blind," that is to say, without a distinct dark pupil. The author of the species named it from a supposed likeness to the European C pawpbilus. The resemblance is only superficial. C pampbilus is a much smaller insect and much more plainly marked, judging from the large series of specimens 1 have received from various European localities. Pampbilus has no eye-spots on the hind wings. They are a conspicuous fea- ture of pampbiloides, more so than in any other North American species except C. baydeiii. Ea rly Stages. — Unknown. Habitat, Utah and California. (8) Ccenonympha haydeni, Plate XXV, Fig. 24, 6, under side (Fiayden's Ringlet). Butterjly. — Dark immaculate mouse-gray on the upper side. 207 Genus Erebia On the under side the wings are pale hoary gray, with the hind wings adorned by a marginal series of small ocelli, black, ringed about with yellow and pupiled with pale blue. Early Stages. — Unknown. Hayden's Ringlet is found in Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, and Colorado. Genus EREBIA, Dalman (The Alpines) "Then we gather, as we travel, Bits of moss and dirty gravel, And we chip off little specimens of stone; And we carry home as prizes Funny bugs of handy sizes, Just to give the day a scientific tone." Charles Edward Carryl. Butterfly. — Medium-sized or small butterflies, dark in color, wings marked on the under side with eye-like spots; the antennae short, with a gradually thickened club. The eyes are naked. The costal vein of the fore wing is generally strongly swollen at the base. The subcostal vein is five-branched ; the first two nervules generally emitted before the end of the cell; the third nearer the fourth than the end of the cell; the fourth and fifth ner- vules spring from a common stem, the fourth terminating immediately on the apex. The lower radial is frequently projected in- wardly into the cell from the point where it intersects the union of the middle and lower discocellular veins. The outer mar- gins of both wings are evenly rounded. £^^-.— Subconical, flattened at the base FiG.^ 118— Neuration and at the top, the sides marked by nu- of the genus Erebia, en- . , ^- i -j , • i larged. merous raised vertical ridges, which oc- casionally branch or intersect each other. Caterpillar.— The head is globular, the body cylindrical, tapering gradually backward from the head, the last segment slightly bifurcate. 208 Genus Erebia Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is formed about the roots of grass and on the surface of the ground, either lying loosely there or surrounded by a few strands of silk. The chrysalis is convex, both ventrally and dorsally, humped on the thorax, produced at the head; all the projections well rounded. The chrysalids are generally some shade of light brown or ashen-gray, with darker stripes and spots. This genus is arctic, and only found in the cooler regions of the North or upon elevated mountain summits. A few species range downward to lower levels in more temperate climates, but these are exceptional cases. (i) Erebia discoidalis, Kirby, Plate XXV, Fig. iq, 6 (The Red-streaked Alpine). Butterfly. — 'EiXsWy distinguished by the plain black wings, re- lieved by a reddish-brown shade on the disk of the primaries on the upper side. Early Stages. ~V{'\\\\cr{o undescribed. This species is found in the far North. My specimens came from the shores of Hudson Bay. (2) Erebia disa, var. mancinus, Doubledav and Hewitson, Plate XXV, Fig. 23, 6 (The Alaskan Alpine). Biitterjfy.— The wings are dark brown on the upper side. On the outer third below the apex are three or four black ocelli, broadly ringed with red and pupiled with white. The upper ocellus is generally bipupiled, that is to say, the black spot is twinned, and there are two small light spots in it. On the under side the fore wings are as on the upper side. The hind wings are broadly sown with gray scales, giving them a hoary appearance. The base is more or less gray, and there is a broad, regularly curved mesial band of dark gray, which in some speci- mens is very distinct, in others more or less obsolete. The female does not differ from the male, except that the ocelli on the fore wings are larger and more conspicuous. Early Stages. — Unknown. This species is found in Alaska and on the mountains of British Columbia. (3) Erebia callias, Hdwards. Plate XXV, Fig. 20, / (The Colorado Alpine). Butterfly. — Pale brown on the upper side, with a more or less indistinctly defined broad transverse band of reddish on the outer third of the fore wings. At the apical end of this band are 209 Genus ISrebia two black ocelli, pupiled with Wi.ice. The fore wings on the under side are reddish, with the costa and outer margin grayish. The ocelli on this side are as on the upper side. The hind wings are gray, dusted with brown scales and crossed by narrow, irreg- ular, dark-brown subbasal, median, and submarginal lines. Early Stages. — Unknown. This species is not uncommon on the high mountains of Colorado and New Mexico. It is regarded as a variety of the European E. tyndarus, Esper, by many. All the specimens of tyndariis in my collection, and there are many, lack the ocelli on the fore wing, or they are very feebly indicated on the under side. Otherwise the two forms agree pretty closely. (4) Erebia epipsodea, Plate XXV, Fig. 28, S (The Common Alpine). Butterfly. — The wings are dark brown on the upper side, with four or five black ocelli, pupiled with white and broadly sur- rounded by red near the outer margin of the fore wings, and with three or four similar ocelli located on the upper side of the hind wings. The spots on the upper side reappear on the under side, and in addition the hind wings are covered by a broad curved median blackish band. Early Stages. — These have been carefully described by Ed- wards in "The Butterflies of North America," vol. iii, and byH. H. Lyman in the "Canadian Entomologist," vol. xxviii, p. 274. The caterpillar feeds on grasses. The species ranges from New Mexico (at high elevations) northward to Alaska. It is common on the mountains of British Columbia. (5) Erebia sofia Strecker (ethela, Edwards), Plate XXV, Fig. 18, ? (Sofia . Butkrfly. — Dark brown on the upper side, with an even submarginal band of red spots on the primaries, and five similar spots on the secondaries, the last two of the latter somewhat distant from each other and from the first three, which are nearer the outer angle. On the under side the primaries are reddish, with the submarginal band as on the upper side, but paler. On the secondaries, which are a little paler below than above, the spots of the upper side are repeated, but they are yellowish-white, standing forth conspicuously upon the darker ground-color. 210 Genus Geirocheilus Ear/}' SA7^^5.— Hitherto undescribed. Sofia has been found at Fort Churchill in British America, in the Yellowstone National Park, and in a few localities in Colo- rado. It is still rare in collections. The figure in the plate is that of the female type of Edwards" ethe/a, ethela being a synonym for sojia. (6) Erebia magdalena, Strecker, Plate XXV, Fig. 17, 6 (Magdalena), Butterfly. — Uniformly dark blackish-brown on both sides of 'the wings, with no spots or markings. Early Stages. — These have been partially described and figured by Edwards. This species has thus far been found only in Colorado at an elevation of from ten to twelve thousand feet above sea-level. There are two or three other species of this obscure genus, but they are rare boreal insects, of which little is as yet known. Genus GEIROCHEILUS, Butler 5// //^r/^i'. — Medium-sized butterflies, dark in color, with light eye-like spots on the primaries and brown borders on the secon- daries. The antennae are short, with a gradually tapering club, the palpi are long, slender, compressed, well clothed with scales on the lower surface. The costa of the fore wings is strongly arched, the outer margin evenly rounded, the outer margin of the hind wings regularly scalloped. The costal vein of the primaries is somewhat thickly swollen at the base. Earlv SA?^^-*^. — Unknown. (i) Geirocheilus tritonia, Edwards, Plate XVlll, Fig. 21. 6 (Tritonia). Butterfly.— "[he wings of the upper side are dark brown, with a submarginal row of white-centered ocelli below the apex of the primaries. The secondaries are marked with a submarginal band of red. On the under side the fore wings are as on the upper side Fig. 1 10.— Neuration of the genus Geirochei- lus. The hind wings have the submarginal band purplish-red, irrorated with whitish- 21 1 Genus Neominois and dark-brown scales, on the inner edge relieved by a number of imperfectly developed ocelli, which are partially ringed about on the side of the base by pale yellow. Early Stages. — Unknown. Tritonia occurs in southern Arizona and northern Mexico. Genus NEOMINOIS, Scudder ^////^r^'. — Medium-sized, with the costa and inner margin of the fore wing straight, the outer margin of the same wing evenly rounded. The hind wings have the outer margin evenly rounded, and the costal margin quite strongly produced, or bent at an angle, just above the origin of the costal vein. The inner margin is straight. The costal vein of the fore wing is slightly swollen. The costal margin at the extremity of the second costal nervule is slightly bent in- ward; the upper discocellular vein is wanting; the lower radial vein is emit- ted from the lower discocellular a little below the point at which it unites with the middle discocellular. The middle discocellular of the hind wing appears as an inward continuation of the lower radial for some distance, when it bends upward suddenly to the origin of the upper radial. The head is small ; the an- tennae are short, with a thin, gradually developed club; the palpi are slender, compressed, well clothed with long hairs below. Egg.—^he. egg is somewhat barrel-shaped, broader at the base than at the top, with the summit rounded. The sides are ornamented with fourteen or fifteen vertical raised ridges, which are quite broad, and sometimes fork or run into each other. On the sides these ridges seem to be regularly excised at their bases, and between them on the surface are many horizontal raised cross-lines, giving the depressed surface the appearance of being filled with shallow cells. Caterpillar. — The mature caterpillar has the head globular, 212 Fig. 120. — Neuration of the ge- nus Neominois, enlarged. Genus Neominois the body cylindrical, gradually tapering backward, and provided with two very short conical anal horns. Cbiysa/is.— The chrysalis is formed under the surface of the earth; it is rounded, somewhat carinate, or keel-shaped, where the wing-cases unite on the ventral side. The head is rounded, the thorax strongly arched, the dorsal side of the abdomen very convex. On either side of the head are small clusters of fine processes shaped somewhat like an Indian club, the thickened part studded with little spur-like projections. These can only be seen under the microscope. But two species of the genus are known within our faunal limits. (1) Neominois ridingsi, Edwards, Plate XXV, Fig. 15, 6 (Ridings' Satyr). Bufferjfw— The upper side is well depicted in the plate. The under side is paler than the upper side, and the basal and me- dian areas of both wings are profusely mottled with narrow pale- brown stride, the secondaries crossed by a darker mesial band, the outer margin of which is sharply indented. Expanse, 1.50 inch. Early Stages.— These have been beautifully ascertained, de- scribed, and figured by Edwards in the third volume of " The Butterflies of North America." The egg, larva, and chrysalis agree with the generic description already given, which is based upon the researches of Edwards. It is found in the Mountain States of the Pacific coast. (2) Neominois dionysius, Scudder, Plate XXV, Fig. 16, 6 (Scudder's Satyr). 5// //^r^i'. — Distinguished from the preceding species by the larger and paler submarginal markings on the upper side of the wings and the pale color of the basal tract in both wings. On the under side the median band of the secondaries is narrower and more irregularly curved than in riifiiigsi, with the dentations of the outer margin more sharply produced. Expanse, 1.90 inch. Far/y 5A7^t'5.— Nothing has been written on the early stages, but no doubt they agree closely with those of the other species. It is found in Utah, Colorado, and Arizona. " Hast thou heard the butterflies, What they say betwixt their wings?" Tennyson, ^tdeliite. 215 Genus Satyrus Genus SATYRUS, Westwood (The Wood-nymphs) " Fluttering, like some vain, painted butterfly, From glade to glade along the forest path." Arnold, Light of Asia. Butterfly,— '^MWtx^xts. of medium size, their wings marked with eye-like spots, or ocelli. Upon the upper surface they are generally obscurely colored of some shade of gray or brown, occasionally marked with bands of yellow. On the under side the wings are generally beautifully striated and spotted, with the eye-like spots more prominent. The costal vein at the base is greatly swollen; the median and submedian veins less so. The first and second subcostal nervules arise very near the end of the cell, slightly be- fore it. The outer margin of the fore wing is evenly rounded; the outer margin of the hind c XT wina: somewhat scalloped; the head small, the Fig. !2I. — Neu- ^ r t ration of the genus eyes of moderate size, full, naked ; the antennae Scudder ") '^^^'^^^ gradually thickening to a broadly rounded club, which is slightly depressed; the palpi slender, compressed, profusely clothed beneath with long hairs. The fore legs are very small. £^^.— Short, barrel-shaped, greatly diminishing in size on the upper half; truncated at the summit; the sides furnished with a large number of vertical ribs, not very high, with numer- ous delicate cross-lines between them. At the summit the ribs are connected by a waved, raised elevation. Caterpillar.— V\QAd globular; body cylindrical, tapering from the middle forward and backward; provided with short and slender divergmg anal horns. Chrysalis. —ShA^ed very much as in the genus Debts, from which it is hardly distinguishable. Generally green in color. This genus includes numerous species which are more or less subject to varietal modifications. In the following pages I have treated as species a number of forms which by some writers are reckoned as mere varieties. Whether the view of those who regard these forms in the light of varieties is correct is not per- 214 Explanation of Plate XXVI 1. Satjyrus alope, Fahrldus, (^. 12. Safj'nis charoii, Edwards, ?. 2. Satyrus alope, Fahridus, $, 13. S^t^'nis weadi, Edwards, ?. 3. Safj'ius nephcle, Kirby, (5^. 14. Satyr us meadi, Hdwaids, cJ', under 4. Satyr us nephele, Kiiby, 9» under side. side. 15. Satyrus baroiti, Edwards, (^. 5. 5^/yi»s ^rw«^, Boisduval, J*. 16. Satyrus barotii, Edwards, (^, under 6. 5a/)'rz/s '/'2«s^ Edwards, 9, "''^^'' ^'^''• iiW^. 20. Satyrus sthenele, Boisduval, (^, uH' 11. Satyrus charon, Edwards, (J*. der side. IFK'I V l<'>OK PLAIE XXVI. i- HOLLAND, laga i Genus Satyrua fectly pl: Stages. —The curious reader is again referred for a knowledge of these to the pages of Scudder and Edwards. They are similar to those of other species, and the generic de- scription which has been given must suffice for all in this work. (10) CEneis brucei, Edwards, Plate XXVIJ, Fig, 7, 6 (Bruce"s Arctic). Biifft'rJJj'. — Though somewhat closely related to the last spe- cies, Bruce's Arctic may at once be distinguished from it by the broad dark band on the under side of the secondaries and the great translucency of the wings, which permits a label to be read through them. It is found in Colorado and in British Co- lumbia at an elevation of from twelve to th'. leen thousand feet above sea-level. Expanse, 1.75 inch. Ell r/v Sfciores.— AW we know of these is contained in the pages of Edwards' great work. (11) CEneis taygete, Hubner, Plate XXVli, Fig. 6, 6 (The Labrador Arctic). Bit //erJJy. — Much like CE. brucei, but the wings are not so translucent as in that species, and the broad mesial band on the under side of the hind wings is differently shaped, being more strongly directed outward just below the costa. The figure in the plate is from a specimen taken at Nain, in Labrador. Ex- panse, 1.75 inch. Early Sfages. — Unknown. There are eight or nine other species of CEneis in our fauna, but theyare all arctic, and most of them very rare. Those wc have described and figured will give a good idea of the genus. 223 In the Face of the Cold IN THE FACE OF THE COLD When the full moon hangs high overhead, the snow creaks underfoot, the north wind roars with furious blast, and the trees of the forests crack in the frost with a report like that of cannon, then, hanging in its little nest on the bare branches of the wind-tossed trees, the tiny caterpillar of the Viceroy keeps the spark of life where men freeze and die. Nothing in the realm of nature is more wonderful than the manner in which some of the most minute animal forms resist cold. The genera Erebia and CEneis, and many species of the genus Breuthis, are, as we have already learned, inhabitants of the arctic regions or of lofty Alpine summits, the climate of which is arctic. Their caterpillars often hibernate in a temperature of from forty to fifty, and even seventy, degrees below zero, Fahrenheit. It has been alleged that caterpillars freeze in the winter and thaw out in the spring, at that time regaining their vitality. Thus far the writer is unable to ascertain that any experiments or observations have positively decided for or against this view. A number of recorded cases in which caterpillars are positively stated to have been frozen and to have afterward been found to be full of vitality when thawed are open to question. The most cirrumstantial acco